2007-12-24 H.J. Lu <hongjiu.lu@intel.com>
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf.c
1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
2
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
12
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
17
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22
23
24 /*
25 SECTION
26 ELF backends
27
28 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
29 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
30 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31
32 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
33 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
34 haven't bothered yet. */
35
36 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
37 #define _SYSCALL32
38 #include "sysdep.h"
39 #include "bfd.h"
40 #include "bfdlink.h"
41 #include "libbfd.h"
42 #define ARCH_SIZE 0
43 #include "elf-bfd.h"
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46
47 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
48 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
49 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
50 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
51 static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
52 static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size,
53 file_ptr offset);
54
55 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
56 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
57 need to move into elfcode.h. */
58
59 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
60
61 void
62 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
63 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
64 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
65 {
66 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
67 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
68 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
69 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
70 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
71 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
72 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
73 }
74
75 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
76
77 void
78 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
79 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
80 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
81 {
82 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
83 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
84 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
85 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
86 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
87 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
88 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
89 }
90
91 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
92
93 void
94 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
95 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
96 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
97 {
98 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
99 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
100 }
101
102 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
103
104 void
105 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
106 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
107 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
108 {
109 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
110 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
111 }
112
113 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
114
115 void
116 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
117 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
118 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
119 {
120 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
121 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
122 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
123 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
124 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
125 }
126
127 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
128
129 void
130 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
131 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
132 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
133 {
134 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
135 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
136 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
137 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
138 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
139 }
140
141 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
142
143 void
144 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
145 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
146 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
147 {
148 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
149 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
150 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
151 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
152 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
153 }
154
155 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
156
157 void
158 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
159 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
160 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
161 {
162 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
163 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
164 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
165 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
167 }
168
169 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
170
171 void
172 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
173 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
174 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
175 {
176 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
177 }
178
179 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
180
181 void
182 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
183 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
184 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
185 {
186 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
187 }
188
189 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
190 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
191
192 unsigned long
193 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
194 {
195 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
196 unsigned long h = 0;
197 unsigned long g;
198 int ch;
199
200 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
201 {
202 h = (h << 4) + ch;
203 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
204 {
205 h ^= g >> 24;
206 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
207 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
208 h ^= g;
209 }
210 }
211 return h & 0xffffffff;
212 }
213
214 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
215 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
216
217 unsigned long
218 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
219 {
220 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
221 unsigned long h = 5381;
222 unsigned char ch;
223
224 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
225 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
226 return h & 0xffffffff;
227 }
228
229 bfd_boolean
230 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
231 {
232 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
233 {
234 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
235 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
236 return FALSE;
237 }
238
239 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = (bfd_size_type) -1;
240
241 return TRUE;
242 }
243
244 bfd_boolean
245 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
246 {
247 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
248 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd);
249 }
250
251 char *
252 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
253 {
254 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
255 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
256 file_ptr offset;
257 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
258
259 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
260 if (i_shdrp == 0
261 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)
262 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
263 return NULL;
264
265 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
266 if (shstrtab == NULL)
267 {
268 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
269 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
270 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
271
272 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
273 in case the string table is not terminated. */
274 if (shstrtabsize + 1 == 0
275 || (shstrtab = bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
276 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
277 shstrtab = NULL;
278 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
279 {
280 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
281 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
282 shstrtab = NULL;
283 }
284 else
285 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
286 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
287 }
288 return (char *) shstrtab;
289 }
290
291 char *
292 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
293 unsigned int shindex,
294 unsigned int strindex)
295 {
296 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
297
298 if (strindex == 0)
299 return "";
300
301 if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
302 return NULL;
303
304 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
305
306 if (hdr->contents == NULL
307 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
308 return NULL;
309
310 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
311 {
312 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
313 (*_bfd_error_handler)
314 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
315 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
316 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
317 ? ".shstrtab"
318 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
319 return "";
320 }
321
322 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
323 }
324
325 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
326 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
327 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
328 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
329 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
330
331 Elf_Internal_Sym *
332 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
333 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
334 size_t symcount,
335 size_t symoffset,
336 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
337 void *extsym_buf,
338 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
339 {
340 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
341 void *alloc_ext;
342 const bfd_byte *esym;
343 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
344 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
345 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
346 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
347 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
348 size_t extsym_size;
349 bfd_size_type amt;
350 file_ptr pos;
351
352 if (symcount == 0)
353 return intsym_buf;
354
355 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
356 shndx_hdr = NULL;
357 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
358 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
359
360 /* Read the symbols. */
361 alloc_ext = NULL;
362 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
363 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
364 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
365 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
366 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
367 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
368 {
369 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
370 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
371 }
372 if (extsym_buf == NULL
373 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
374 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
375 {
376 intsym_buf = NULL;
377 goto out;
378 }
379
380 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
381 extshndx_buf = NULL;
382 else
383 {
384 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
385 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
386 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
387 {
388 alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc2 (symcount,
389 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
390 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
391 }
392 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
393 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
394 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
395 {
396 intsym_buf = NULL;
397 goto out;
398 }
399 }
400
401 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
402 {
403 intsym_buf = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
404 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
405 goto out;
406 }
407
408 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
409 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
410 for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf;
411 isym < isymend;
412 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
413 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
414 {
415 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
416 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
417 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
418 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
419 intsym_buf = NULL;
420 goto out;
421 }
422
423 out:
424 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
425 free (alloc_ext);
426 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
427 free (alloc_extshndx);
428
429 return intsym_buf;
430 }
431
432 /* Look up a symbol name. */
433 const char *
434 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
435 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
436 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
437 asection *sym_sec)
438 {
439 const char *name;
440 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
441 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
442
443 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
444 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
445 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)
446 && !(isym->st_shndx >= SHN_LORESERVE && isym->st_shndx <= SHN_HIRESERVE))
447 {
448 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
449 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
450 }
451
452 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
453 if (name == NULL)
454 name = "(null)";
455 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
456 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
457
458 return name;
459 }
460
461 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
462 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
463 pointers. */
464
465 typedef union elf_internal_group {
466 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
467 unsigned int flags;
468 } Elf_Internal_Group;
469
470 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
471 signature just a string? */
472
473 static const char *
474 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
475 {
476 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
477 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
478 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
479 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
480
481 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
482 that it is a symbol table section. */
483 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
484 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
485 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
486 return NULL;
487
488 /* Go read the symbol. */
489 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
490 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
491 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
492 return NULL;
493
494 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
495 }
496
497 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
498
499 static bfd_boolean
500 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
501 {
502 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
503
504 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
505 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
506 if (num_group == 0)
507 {
508 unsigned int i, shnum;
509
510 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
511 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
512 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
513 num_group = 0;
514
515 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr) \
516 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
517 && (shdr)->sh_size >= (2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) \
518 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
519 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
520
521 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
522 {
523 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
524
525 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr))
526 num_group += 1;
527 }
528
529 if (num_group == 0)
530 {
531 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
532 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
533 }
534 else
535 {
536 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
537 so we can find them quickly. */
538 bfd_size_type amt;
539
540 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
541 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr
542 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
543 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
544 return FALSE;
545
546 num_group = 0;
547 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
548 {
549 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
550
551 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr))
552 {
553 unsigned char *src;
554 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
555
556 /* Add to list of sections. */
557 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
558 num_group += 1;
559
560 /* Read the raw contents. */
561 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
562 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
563 shdr->contents = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size,
564 sizeof (*dest) / 4);
565 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
566 if (shdr->contents == NULL)
567 {
568 _bfd_error_handler
569 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
570 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
571 return FALSE;
572 }
573
574 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
575
576 if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
577 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
578 != shdr->sh_size))
579 return FALSE;
580
581 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
582 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
583 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
584 pointers. */
585 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
586 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
587 while (1)
588 {
589 unsigned int idx;
590
591 src -= 4;
592 --dest;
593 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
594 if (src == shdr->contents)
595 {
596 dest->flags = idx;
597 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
598 shdr->bfd_section->flags
599 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
600 break;
601 }
602 if (idx >= shnum)
603 {
604 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
605 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
606 idx = 0;
607 }
608 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
609 }
610 }
611 }
612 }
613 }
614
615 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
616 {
617 unsigned int i;
618
619 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
620 {
621 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
622 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
623 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
624
625 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
626 section is a member. */
627 while (--n_elt != 0)
628 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
629 {
630 asection *s = NULL;
631
632 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
633 other members to see if any others are linked via
634 next_in_group. */
635 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
636 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
637 while (--n_elt != 0)
638 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
639 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
640 break;
641 if (n_elt != 0)
642 {
643 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
644 insert current section in circular list. */
645 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
646 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
647 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
648 }
649 else
650 {
651 const char *gname;
652
653 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
654 if (gname == NULL)
655 return FALSE;
656 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
657
658 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
659 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
660 }
661
662 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
663 new member. */
664 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
665 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
666
667 i = num_group - 1;
668 break;
669 }
670 }
671 }
672
673 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
674 {
675 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
676 abfd, newsect);
677 }
678 return TRUE;
679 }
680
681 bfd_boolean
682 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
683 {
684 unsigned int i;
685 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
686 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
687 asection *s;
688
689 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
690 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
691 {
692 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
693 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
694 {
695 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
696 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
697 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
698 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
699 if (elfsec == 0)
700 {
701 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
702 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
703 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
704 bed->link_order_error_handler
705 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
706 abfd, s);
707 }
708 else
709 {
710 asection *link;
711
712 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
713
714 /* PR 1991, 2008:
715 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
716 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
717 link = this_hdr->bfd_section;
718 if (link == NULL)
719 {
720 (*_bfd_error_handler)
721 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
722 s->owner, s, elfsec);
723 result = FALSE;
724 }
725
726 elf_linked_to_section (s) = link;
727 }
728 }
729 }
730
731 /* Process section groups. */
732 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
733 return result;
734
735 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
736 {
737 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
738 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
739 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
740
741 while (--n_elt != 0)
742 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
743 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
744 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
745 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
746 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
747 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
748 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
749 relocation sections are in section group in input object
750 files. */
751 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
752 else
753 {
754 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
755 (*_bfd_error_handler)
756 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
757 abfd,
758 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
759 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
760 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
761 ->e_shstrndx),
762 idx->shdr->sh_name),
763 shdr->bfd_section->name);
764 result = FALSE;
765 }
766 }
767 return result;
768 }
769
770 bfd_boolean
771 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
772 {
773 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
774 }
775
776 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
777 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
778
779 bfd_boolean
780 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
781 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
782 const char *name,
783 int shindex)
784 {
785 asection *newsect;
786 flagword flags;
787 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
788
789 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
790 {
791 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,
792 bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0);
793 return TRUE;
794 }
795
796 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
797 if (newsect == NULL)
798 return FALSE;
799
800 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
801 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
802 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
803
804 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
805 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
806 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
807
808 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
809
810 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
811 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
812 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
813 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr->sh_addralign)))
814 return FALSE;
815
816 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
817 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
818 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
819 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
820 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
821 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
822 {
823 flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
824 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
825 flags |= SEC_LOAD;
826 }
827 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
828 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
829 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
830 flags |= SEC_CODE;
831 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
832 flags |= SEC_DATA;
833 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
834 {
835 flags |= SEC_MERGE;
836 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
837 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
838 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
839 }
840 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
841 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
842 return FALSE;
843 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
844 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
845
846 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
847 {
848 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
849 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
850 static const struct
851 {
852 const char *name;
853 int len;
854 } debug_sections [] =
855 {
856 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
857 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */
858 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */
859 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
860 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */
861 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */
862 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */
863 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */
864 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
865 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */
866 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */
867 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */
868 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */
869 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */
870 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */
871 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") } /* 's' */
872 };
873
874 if (name [0] == '.')
875 {
876 int i = name [1] - 'd';
877 if (i >= 0
878 && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections)
879 && debug_sections [i].name != NULL
880 && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name,
881 debug_sections [i].len) == 0)
882 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
883 }
884 }
885
886 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
887 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
888 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
889 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
890 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
891 all but one of the sections. */
892 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
893 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
894 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
895
896 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
897 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
898 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
899 return FALSE;
900
901 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
902 return FALSE;
903
904 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
905 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
906 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
907 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE)
908 {
909 char *contents;
910
911 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
912 if (!contents)
913 return FALSE;
914
915 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents, 0,
916 hdr->sh_size)
917 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, contents, hdr->sh_size, -1))
918 {
919 free (contents);
920 return FALSE;
921 }
922
923 free (contents);
924 }
925
926 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
927 {
928 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
929 unsigned int i;
930
931 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
932 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
933 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
934 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
935 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
936 {
937 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
938 break;
939 }
940 if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum)
941 {
942 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
943 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
944 {
945 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
946 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
947 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
948 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
949
950 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
951 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
952 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
953 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
954 place special significance on the address 0 and
955 executables need to be able to have a segment which
956 covers this address. */
957 if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
958 && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset
959 && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
960 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz)
961 && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
962 || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
963 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz)))
964 {
965 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
966 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
967 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
968 else
969 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
970 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
971 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
972 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
973 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
974 segment will contain sections with contiguous
975 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
976 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
977 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
978
979 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
980 offsets whether a section with zero size should
981 be placed at the end of one segment or the
982 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
983 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
984 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
985 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
986 break;
987 }
988 }
989 }
990 }
991
992 return TRUE;
993 }
994
995 /*
996 INTERNAL_FUNCTION
997 bfd_elf_find_section
998
999 SYNOPSIS
1000 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
1001
1002 DESCRIPTION
1003 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
1004 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
1005 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
1006 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
1007 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
1008 */
1009
1010 struct elf_internal_shdr *
1011 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name)
1012 {
1013 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
1014 char *shstrtab;
1015 unsigned int max;
1016 unsigned int i;
1017
1018 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
1019 if (i_shdrp != NULL)
1020 {
1021 shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd,
1022 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx);
1023 if (shstrtab != NULL)
1024 {
1025 max = elf_numsections (abfd);
1026 for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
1027 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name))
1028 return i_shdrp[i];
1029 }
1030 }
1031 return 0;
1032 }
1033
1034 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
1035 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1036 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1037 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1038 };
1039
1040 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1041 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1042 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1043 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1044 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1045 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1046 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1047 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1048 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1049
1050 bfd_reloc_status_type
1051 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1052 arelent *reloc_entry,
1053 asymbol *symbol,
1054 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1055 asection *input_section,
1056 bfd *output_bfd,
1057 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1058 {
1059 if (output_bfd != NULL
1060 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1061 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1062 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1063 {
1064 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1065 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1066 }
1067
1068 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1069 }
1070 \f
1071 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1072 another. */
1073
1074 bfd_boolean
1075 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1076 {
1077 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1078 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1079 return TRUE;
1080
1081 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
1082 || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
1083 == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
1084
1085 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1086 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1087 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1088
1089 /* Copy object attributes. */
1090 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
1091
1092 return TRUE;
1093 }
1094
1095 static const char *
1096 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1097 {
1098 const char *pt;
1099 switch (p_type)
1100 {
1101 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1102 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1103 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1104 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1105 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1106 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1107 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1108 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1109 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1110 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1111 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1112 default: pt = NULL; break;
1113 }
1114 return pt;
1115 }
1116
1117 /* Print out the program headers. */
1118
1119 bfd_boolean
1120 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1121 {
1122 FILE *f = farg;
1123 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1124 asection *s;
1125 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1126
1127 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1128 if (p != NULL)
1129 {
1130 unsigned int i, c;
1131
1132 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1133 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1134 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1135 {
1136 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1137 char buf[20];
1138
1139 if (pt == NULL)
1140 {
1141 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1142 pt = buf;
1143 }
1144 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1145 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1146 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1147 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1148 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1149 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1150 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1151 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1152 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1153 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1154 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1155 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1156 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1157 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1158 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1159 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1160 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1161 fprintf (f, "\n");
1162 }
1163 }
1164
1165 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1166 if (s != NULL)
1167 {
1168 int elfsec;
1169 unsigned long shlink;
1170 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1171 size_t extdynsize;
1172 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1173
1174 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1175
1176 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1177 goto error_return;
1178
1179 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1180 if (elfsec == -1)
1181 goto error_return;
1182 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1183
1184 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1185 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1186
1187 extdyn = dynbuf;
1188 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1189 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1190 {
1191 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1192 const char *name;
1193 char ab[20];
1194 bfd_boolean stringp;
1195
1196 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1197
1198 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1199 break;
1200
1201 stringp = FALSE;
1202 switch (dyn.d_tag)
1203 {
1204 default:
1205 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1206 name = ab;
1207 break;
1208
1209 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1210 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1211 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1212 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1213 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1214 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1215 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1216 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1217 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1218 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1219 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1220 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1221 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1222 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1223 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1224 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1225 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1226 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1227 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1228 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1229 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1230 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1231 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1232 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1233 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1234 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1235 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1236 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1237 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1238 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1239 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1240 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1241 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1242 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1243 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1244 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1245 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1246 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1247 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1248 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1249 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1250 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1251 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1252 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1253 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1254 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1255 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1256 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1257 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1258 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1259 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1260 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1261 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1262 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1263 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1264 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1265 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1266 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1267 }
1268
1269 fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name);
1270 if (! stringp)
1271 fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val);
1272 else
1273 {
1274 const char *string;
1275 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1276
1277 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1278 if (string == NULL)
1279 goto error_return;
1280 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1281 }
1282 fprintf (f, "\n");
1283 }
1284
1285 free (dynbuf);
1286 dynbuf = NULL;
1287 }
1288
1289 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1290 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1291 {
1292 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1293 return FALSE;
1294 }
1295
1296 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1297 {
1298 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1299
1300 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1301 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1302 {
1303 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1304 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1305 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1306 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1307 {
1308 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1309
1310 fprintf (f, "\t");
1311 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1312 a != NULL;
1313 a = a->vda_nextptr)
1314 fprintf (f, "%s ",
1315 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1316 fprintf (f, "\n");
1317 }
1318 }
1319 }
1320
1321 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1322 {
1323 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1324
1325 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1326 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1327 {
1328 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1329
1330 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1331 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1332 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1333 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1334 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1335 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1336 }
1337 }
1338
1339 return TRUE;
1340
1341 error_return:
1342 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1343 free (dynbuf);
1344 return FALSE;
1345 }
1346
1347 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1348
1349 void
1350 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1351 void *filep,
1352 asymbol *symbol,
1353 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1354 {
1355 FILE *file = filep;
1356 switch (how)
1357 {
1358 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1359 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1360 break;
1361 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1362 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1363 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1364 fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
1365 break;
1366 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1367 {
1368 const char *section_name;
1369 const char *name = NULL;
1370 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1371 unsigned char st_other;
1372 bfd_vma val;
1373
1374 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1375
1376 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1377 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1378 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1379
1380 if (name == NULL)
1381 {
1382 name = symbol->name;
1383 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1384 }
1385
1386 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1387 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1388 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1389 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1390 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1391 if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1392 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1393 else
1394 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1395 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1396
1397 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1398 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
1399 && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
1400 || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
1401 {
1402 unsigned int vernum;
1403 const char *version_string;
1404
1405 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
1406
1407 if (vernum == 0)
1408 version_string = "";
1409 else if (vernum == 1)
1410 version_string = "Base";
1411 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1412 version_string =
1413 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1414 else
1415 {
1416 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1417
1418 version_string = "";
1419 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1420 t != NULL;
1421 t = t->vn_nextref)
1422 {
1423 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1424
1425 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1426 {
1427 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1428 {
1429 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1430 break;
1431 }
1432 }
1433 }
1434 }
1435
1436 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
1437 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1438 else
1439 {
1440 int i;
1441
1442 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1443 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1444 putc (' ', file);
1445 }
1446 }
1447
1448 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1449 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1450
1451 switch (st_other)
1452 {
1453 case 0: break;
1454 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1455 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1456 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1457 default:
1458 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1459 everything hex. */
1460 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1461 }
1462
1463 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1464 }
1465 break;
1466 }
1467 }
1468
1469 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1470
1471 struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1472 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1473 {
1474 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1475
1476 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1477 if (ret != NULL)
1478 {
1479 bfd_size_type loc;
1480
1481 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1482 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1483 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1484 {
1485 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1486 ret = NULL;
1487 }
1488 }
1489 return ret;
1490 }
1491 \f
1492 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1493
1494 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1495
1496 bfd_boolean
1497 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1498 {
1499 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1500 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1501 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1502 const char *name;
1503
1504 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
1505 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx,
1506 hdr->sh_name);
1507 if (name == NULL)
1508 return FALSE;
1509
1510 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1511 {
1512 case SHT_NULL:
1513 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1514 return TRUE;
1515
1516 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1517 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1518 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1519 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1520 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1521 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1522 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1523 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1524 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1525 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1526
1527 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1528 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1529 return FALSE;
1530 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)
1531 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1532 return FALSE;
1533 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1534 {
1535 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1536
1537 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1538 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1539 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1540 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1541 {
1542 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1543 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1544 }
1545 else
1546 {
1547 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1548
1549 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1550 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1551 {
1552 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1553 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1554 {
1555 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1556 break;
1557 }
1558 }
1559 }
1560 }
1561 break;
1562
1563 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
1564 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1565 return TRUE;
1566
1567 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1568 return FALSE;
1569 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1570 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1571 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1572 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1573 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1574
1575 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1576 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1577 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1578 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1579 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1580 linker. */
1581 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1582 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1583 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1584 shindex))
1585 return FALSE;
1586
1587 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1588 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1589 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1590 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1591 {
1592 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1593
1594 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1595 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1596 {
1597 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1598 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1599 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1600 break;
1601 }
1602 if (i == num_sec)
1603 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1604 {
1605 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1606 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1607 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1608 break;
1609 }
1610 if (i != shindex)
1611 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1612 }
1613 return TRUE;
1614
1615 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1616 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1617 return TRUE;
1618
1619 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1620 return FALSE;
1621 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1622 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1623 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1624 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1625 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1626
1627 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1628 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1629 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1630
1631 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1632 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1633 return TRUE;
1634
1635 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1636 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1637 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1638 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1639 return TRUE;
1640
1641 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
1642 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1643 return TRUE;
1644 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1645 {
1646 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1647 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1648 return TRUE;
1649 }
1650 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1651 {
1652 symtab_strtab:
1653 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1654 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1655 return TRUE;
1656 }
1657 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1658 {
1659 dynsymtab_strtab:
1660 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1661 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1662 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1663 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1664 can handle it. */
1665 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1666 shindex);
1667 }
1668
1669 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1670 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1671 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1672 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
1673 {
1674 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1675
1676 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1677 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1678 {
1679 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1680 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1681 {
1682 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1683 if (i == shindex)
1684 return FALSE;
1685 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
1686 return FALSE;
1687 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
1688 goto symtab_strtab;
1689 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
1690 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
1691 }
1692 }
1693 }
1694 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1695
1696 case SHT_REL:
1697 case SHT_RELA:
1698 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1699 {
1700 asection *target_sect;
1701 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
1702 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1703
1704 if (hdr->sh_entsize
1705 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
1706 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
1707 return FALSE;
1708
1709 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1710 if ((hdr->sh_link >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_link <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
1711 || hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
1712 {
1713 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1714 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1715 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
1716 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1717 shindex);
1718 }
1719
1720 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1721 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1722 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1723 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1724 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1725 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1726 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
1727 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
1728 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
1729 {
1730 unsigned int scan;
1731 int found;
1732
1733 found = 0;
1734 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
1735 {
1736 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1737 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1738 {
1739 if (found != 0)
1740 {
1741 found = 0;
1742 break;
1743 }
1744 found = scan;
1745 }
1746 }
1747 if (found != 0)
1748 hdr->sh_link = found;
1749 }
1750
1751 /* Get the symbol table. */
1752 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1753 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1754 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
1755 return FALSE;
1756
1757 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1758 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1759 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1760 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1761 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1762 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
1763 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
1764 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
1765 || (hdr->sh_info >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_info <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
1766 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
1767 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
1768 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1769 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1770 shindex);
1771
1772 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
1773 return FALSE;
1774 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
1775 if (target_sect == NULL)
1776 return FALSE;
1777
1778 if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1779 || target_sect->reloc_count == 0)
1780 hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
1781 else
1782 {
1783 bfd_size_type amt;
1784 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
1785 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
1786 hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1787 if (hdr2 == NULL)
1788 return FALSE;
1789 elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2;
1790 }
1791 *hdr2 = *hdr;
1792 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
1793 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
1794 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
1795 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
1796 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
1797 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1798 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1799 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1800 target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA;
1801 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
1802 return TRUE;
1803 }
1804
1805 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
1806 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
1807 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
1808 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1809
1810 case SHT_GNU_versym:
1811 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
1812 return FALSE;
1813 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
1814 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
1815 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1816
1817 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
1818 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
1819 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
1820 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1821
1822 case SHT_SHLIB:
1823 return TRUE;
1824
1825 case SHT_GROUP:
1826 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
1827 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
1828 name. */
1829 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr))
1830 return FALSE;
1831 name = group_signature (abfd, hdr);
1832 if (name == NULL)
1833 return FALSE;
1834 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1835 return FALSE;
1836 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
1837 {
1838 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
1839 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
1840 asection *s;
1841
1842 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
1843 hdr->bfd_section->flags
1844 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
1845
1846 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1847 idx += n_elt;
1848 while (--n_elt != 0)
1849 {
1850 --idx;
1851
1852 if (idx->shdr != NULL
1853 && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
1854 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
1855 {
1856 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
1857 break;
1858 }
1859 }
1860 }
1861 break;
1862
1863 default:
1864 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1865 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1866 || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type)
1867 {
1868 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1869 return FALSE;
1870 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr);
1871 return TRUE;
1872 }
1873
1874 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1875 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1876 return TRUE;
1877
1878 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
1879 {
1880 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
1881 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1882 for applications? */
1883 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1884 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1885 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1886 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1887 else
1888 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1889 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1890 shindex);
1891 }
1892 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
1893 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
1894 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1895 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1896 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1897 "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
1898 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1899 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
1900 {
1901 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
1902 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
1903 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
1904 required to correctly process the section and the file should
1905 be rejected with an error message. */
1906 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1907 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
1908 "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
1909 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1910 else
1911 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
1912 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1913 }
1914 else
1915 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1916 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1917 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1918 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1919
1920 return FALSE;
1921 }
1922
1923 return TRUE;
1924 }
1925
1926 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
1927 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
1928
1929 asection *
1930 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd,
1931 struct sym_sec_cache *cache,
1932 asection *sec,
1933 unsigned long r_symndx)
1934 {
1935 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
1936 asection *s;
1937
1938 if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx)
1939 {
1940 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
1941 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
1942 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
1943 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
1944
1945 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1946 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
1947 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
1948 return NULL;
1949
1950 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
1951 {
1952 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
1953 cache->abfd = abfd;
1954 }
1955 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
1956 cache->shndx[ent] = isym.st_shndx;
1957 }
1958
1959 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, cache->shndx[ent]);
1960 if (s != NULL)
1961 return s;
1962
1963 return sec;
1964 }
1965
1966 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
1967 section. */
1968
1969 asection *
1970 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index)
1971 {
1972 if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
1973 return NULL;
1974 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section;
1975 }
1976
1977 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
1978 {
1979 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1980 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1981 };
1982
1983 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
1984 {
1985 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1986 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1987 };
1988
1989 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
1990 {
1991 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1992 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1993 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1994 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1995 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1996 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1997 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1998 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
1999 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2000 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2001 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2002 };
2003
2004 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2005 {
2006 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2007 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2008 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2009 };
2010
2011 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2012 {
2013 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2014 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2015 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2016 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2017 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2018 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2019 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2020 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2021 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2022 };
2023
2024 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2025 {
2026 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2027 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2028 };
2029
2030 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2031 {
2032 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2033 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2034 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2035 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2036 };
2037
2038 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2039 {
2040 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2041 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2042 };
2043
2044 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2045 {
2046 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2047 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2048 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2049 };
2050
2051 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2052 {
2053 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2054 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2055 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2056 };
2057
2058 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2059 {
2060 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2061 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2062 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2063 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2064 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2065 };
2066
2067 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2068 {
2069 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2070 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2071 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2072 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2073 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2074 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2075 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2076 };
2077
2078 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2079 {
2080 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2081 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2082 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2083 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2084 };
2085
2086 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections[] =
2087 {
2088 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2089 special_sections_c, /* 'c' */
2090 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2091 NULL, /* 'e' */
2092 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2093 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2094 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2095 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2096 NULL, /* 'j' */
2097 NULL, /* 'k' */
2098 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2099 NULL, /* 'm' */
2100 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2101 NULL, /* 'o' */
2102 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2103 NULL, /* 'q' */
2104 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2105 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2106 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2107 };
2108
2109 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2110 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2111 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2112 unsigned int rela)
2113 {
2114 int i;
2115 int len;
2116
2117 len = strlen (name);
2118
2119 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2120 {
2121 int suffix_len;
2122 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2123
2124 if (len < prefix_len)
2125 continue;
2126 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2127 continue;
2128
2129 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2130 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2131 {
2132 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2133 {
2134 if (suffix_len == 0)
2135 continue;
2136 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2137 && (suffix_len == -2
2138 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2139 continue;
2140 }
2141 }
2142 else
2143 {
2144 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2145 continue;
2146 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2147 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2148 suffix_len) != 0)
2149 continue;
2150 }
2151 return &spec[i];
2152 }
2153
2154 return NULL;
2155 }
2156
2157 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2158 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2159 {
2160 int i;
2161 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2162 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2163
2164 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2165 if (sec->name == NULL)
2166 return NULL;
2167
2168 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2169 spec = bed->special_sections;
2170 if (spec)
2171 {
2172 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2173 bed->special_sections,
2174 sec->use_rela_p);
2175 if (spec != NULL)
2176 return spec;
2177 }
2178
2179 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2180 return NULL;
2181
2182 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2183 if (i < 0 || i > 't' - 'b')
2184 return NULL;
2185
2186 spec = special_sections[i];
2187
2188 if (spec == NULL)
2189 return NULL;
2190
2191 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2192 }
2193
2194 bfd_boolean
2195 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2196 {
2197 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2198 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2199 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2200
2201 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2202 if (sdata == NULL)
2203 {
2204 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata));
2205 if (sdata == NULL)
2206 return FALSE;
2207 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2208 }
2209
2210 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2211 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2212 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2213
2214 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2215 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2216 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2217 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2218 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2219 elf_fake_sections. */
2220 if ((!sec->flags && abfd->direction != read_direction)
2221 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2222 {
2223 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2224 if (ssect != NULL)
2225 {
2226 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2227 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2228 }
2229 }
2230
2231 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2232 }
2233
2234 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2235
2236 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2237 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2238 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2239 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2240
2241 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2242 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2243 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2244 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2245 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2246 of combined data+bss.
2247
2248 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2249 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2250 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2251 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2252 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2253
2254 */
2255
2256 bfd_boolean
2257 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2258 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2259 int index,
2260 const char *typename)
2261 {
2262 asection *newsect;
2263 char *name;
2264 char namebuf[64];
2265 size_t len;
2266 int split;
2267
2268 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2269 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2270 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2271
2272 if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2273 {
2274 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : "");
2275 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2276 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2277 if (!name)
2278 return FALSE;
2279 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2280 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2281 if (newsect == NULL)
2282 return FALSE;
2283 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2284 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2285 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2286 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2287 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2288 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2289 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2290 {
2291 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2292 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2293 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2294 {
2295 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2296 may be data. */
2297 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2298 }
2299 }
2300 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2301 {
2302 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2303 }
2304 }
2305
2306 if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)
2307 {
2308 bfd_vma align;
2309
2310 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "b" : "");
2311 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2312 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2313 if (!name)
2314 return FALSE;
2315 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2316 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2317 if (newsect == NULL)
2318 return FALSE;
2319 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2320 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2321 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2322 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz;
2323 align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma;
2324 if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align)
2325 align = hdr->p_align;
2326 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align);
2327 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2328 {
2329 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2330 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2331 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2332 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2333 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2334 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2335 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
2336 newsect->size = 0;
2337 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2338 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2339 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2340 }
2341 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2342 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2343 }
2344
2345 return TRUE;
2346 }
2347
2348 bfd_boolean
2349 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index)
2350 {
2351 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2352
2353 switch (hdr->p_type)
2354 {
2355 case PT_NULL:
2356 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null");
2357
2358 case PT_LOAD:
2359 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load");
2360
2361 case PT_DYNAMIC:
2362 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic");
2363
2364 case PT_INTERP:
2365 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp");
2366
2367 case PT_NOTE:
2368 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note"))
2369 return FALSE;
2370 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2371 return FALSE;
2372 return TRUE;
2373
2374 case PT_SHLIB:
2375 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib");
2376
2377 case PT_PHDR:
2378 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr");
2379
2380 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2381 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index,
2382 "eh_frame_hdr");
2383
2384 case PT_GNU_STACK:
2385 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack");
2386
2387 case PT_GNU_RELRO:
2388 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "relro");
2389
2390 default:
2391 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2392 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2393 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "proc");
2394 }
2395 }
2396
2397 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2398 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2399 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2400
2401 bfd_boolean
2402 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2403 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
2404 asection *asect,
2405 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2406 {
2407 char *name;
2408 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2409 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
2410
2411 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2412 if (name == NULL)
2413 return FALSE;
2414 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
2415 rel_hdr->sh_name =
2416 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2417 FALSE);
2418 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2419 return FALSE;
2420 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2421 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2422 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2423 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2424 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2425 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2426 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2427 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2428 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2429
2430 return TRUE;
2431 }
2432
2433 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2434
2435 static void
2436 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg)
2437 {
2438 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2439 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2440 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2441 unsigned int sh_type;
2442
2443 if (*failedptr)
2444 {
2445 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2446 loop. */
2447 return;
2448 }
2449
2450 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
2451
2452 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2453 asect->name, FALSE);
2454 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2455 {
2456 *failedptr = TRUE;
2457 return;
2458 }
2459
2460 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2461
2462 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2463 || asect->user_set_vma)
2464 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2465 else
2466 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2467
2468 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2469 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2470 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2471 this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2472 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2473 copy_private_section_data. */
2474
2475 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2476 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2477
2478 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2479 asect->flags. */
2480 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2481 sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2482 else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2483 && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2484 || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) != 0))
2485 sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2486 else
2487 sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
2488
2489 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2490 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2491 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
2492 && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
2493 && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2494 {
2495 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2496 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2497 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2498 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2499 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2500 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect);
2501 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2502 }
2503
2504 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2505 {
2506 default:
2507 break;
2508
2509 case SHT_STRTAB:
2510 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2511 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2512 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2513 case SHT_NOTE:
2514 case SHT_NOBITS:
2515 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2516 break;
2517
2518 case SHT_HASH:
2519 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2520 break;
2521
2522 case SHT_DYNSYM:
2523 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2524 break;
2525
2526 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
2527 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2528 break;
2529
2530 case SHT_RELA:
2531 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2532 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2533 break;
2534
2535 case SHT_REL:
2536 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2537 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2538 break;
2539
2540 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2541 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2542 break;
2543
2544 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2545 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2546 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2547 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2548 zero. */
2549 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2550 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2551 else
2552 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2553 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2554 break;
2555
2556 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2557 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2558 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2559 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2560 zero. */
2561 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2562 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2563 else
2564 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2565 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2566 break;
2567
2568 case SHT_GROUP:
2569 this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
2570 break;
2571
2572 case SHT_GNU_HASH:
2573 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
2574 break;
2575 }
2576
2577 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2578 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2579 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2580 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2581 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2582 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2583 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2584 {
2585 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2586 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2587 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2588 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2589 }
2590 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2591 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2592 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2593 {
2594 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2595 if (asect->size == 0
2596 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2597 {
2598 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
2599
2600 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2601 if (o != NULL)
2602 {
2603 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2604 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
2605 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2606 }
2607 }
2608 }
2609
2610 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2611 sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type;
2612 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
2613 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
2614 *failedptr = TRUE;
2615
2616 if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0)
2617 {
2618 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2619 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2620 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2621 }
2622
2623 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2624 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2625 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2626 create the other. */
2627 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
2628 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
2629 &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr,
2630 asect,
2631 asect->use_rela_p))
2632 *failedptr = TRUE;
2633 }
2634
2635 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2636
2637 void
2638 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
2639 {
2640 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2641 unsigned long symindx;
2642 asection *elt, *first;
2643 unsigned char *loc;
2644 bfd_boolean gas;
2645
2646 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2647 elfxx-ia64.c. */
2648 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
2649 || *failedptr)
2650 return;
2651
2652 symindx = 0;
2653 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
2654 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
2655
2656 if (symindx == 0)
2657 {
2658 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2659 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2660 if (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL)
2661 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
2662 else
2663 symindx = sec->target_index;
2664 }
2665 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
2666
2667 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2668 gas = TRUE;
2669 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2670 {
2671 gas = FALSE;
2672 sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
2673
2674 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2675 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
2676 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2677 {
2678 *failedptr = TRUE;
2679 return;
2680 }
2681 }
2682
2683 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
2684
2685 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2686 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2687 start of the input section group. */
2688 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
2689
2690 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2691 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2692 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2693 directives, not that it matters. */
2694 while (elt != NULL)
2695 {
2696 asection *s;
2697 unsigned int idx;
2698
2699 loc -= 4;
2700 s = elt;
2701 if (!gas)
2702 s = s->output_section;
2703 idx = 0;
2704 if (s != NULL)
2705 idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2706 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
2707 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2708 if (elt == first)
2709 break;
2710 }
2711
2712 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
2713 abort ();
2714
2715 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
2716 }
2717
2718 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2719 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2720 in here too, while we're at it. */
2721
2722 static bfd_boolean
2723 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2724 {
2725 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
2726 asection *sec;
2727 unsigned int section_number, secn;
2728 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
2729 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
2730
2731 section_number = 1;
2732
2733 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2734
2735 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2736 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
2737 {
2738 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2739 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2740 {
2741 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2742
2743 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
2744 {
2745 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
2746 {
2747 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2748 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
2749 abfd->section_count--;
2750 }
2751 else
2752 {
2753 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2754 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2755 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2756 }
2757 }
2758 }
2759 }
2760
2761 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2762 {
2763 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2764
2765 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
2766 {
2767 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2768 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2769 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2770 }
2771 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
2772 if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
2773 d->rel_idx = 0;
2774 else
2775 {
2776 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2777 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2778 d->rel_idx = section_number++;
2779 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name);
2780 }
2781
2782 if (d->rel_hdr2)
2783 {
2784 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2785 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2786 d->rel_idx2 = section_number++;
2787 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name);
2788 }
2789 else
2790 d->rel_idx2 = 0;
2791 }
2792
2793 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2794 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2795 t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
2796 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
2797 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
2798
2799 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
2800 {
2801 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2802 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2803 t->symtab_section = section_number++;
2804 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
2805 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE - 2)
2806 {
2807 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2808 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2809 t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++;
2810 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
2811 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2812 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
2813 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2814 return FALSE;
2815 }
2816 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2817 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2818 t->strtab_section = section_number++;
2819 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
2820 }
2821
2822 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2823 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2824
2825 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
2826 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
2827 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE)
2828 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum -= SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2829
2830 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
2831 indices. */
2832 i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
2833 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
2834 return FALSE;
2835
2836 i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
2837 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
2838 {
2839 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
2840 return FALSE;
2841 }
2842
2843 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
2844
2845 i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
2846 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
2847 {
2848 i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
2849 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > SHN_LORESERVE)
2850 {
2851 i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
2852 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2853 }
2854 i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
2855 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
2856 }
2857
2858 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2859 {
2860 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
2861 asection *s;
2862 const char *name;
2863
2864 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
2865 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
2866 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
2867 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
2868 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2;
2869
2870 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
2871
2872 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
2873 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
2874 the relocation entries apply. */
2875 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
2876 {
2877 d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2878 d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
2879 }
2880 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
2881 {
2882 d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2883 d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx;
2884 }
2885
2886 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
2887 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
2888 {
2889 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
2890 if (s)
2891 {
2892 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
2893 if (link_info != NULL)
2894 {
2895 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
2896 if (elf_discarded_section (s))
2897 {
2898 asection *kept;
2899 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2900 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
2901 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
2902 s, s->owner);
2903 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
2904 size as the discarded one. */
2905 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info);
2906 if (kept == NULL)
2907 {
2908 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2909 return FALSE;
2910 }
2911 s = kept;
2912 }
2913
2914 s = s->output_section;
2915 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2916 }
2917 else
2918 {
2919 /* Handle objcopy. */
2920 if (s->output_section == NULL)
2921 {
2922 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2923 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
2924 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
2925 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2926 return FALSE;
2927 }
2928 s = s->output_section;
2929 }
2930 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2931 }
2932 else
2933 {
2934 /* PR 290:
2935 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
2936 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
2937 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
2938 where s is NULL. */
2939 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
2940 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2941 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
2942 bed->link_order_error_handler
2943 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
2944 abfd, sec);
2945 }
2946 }
2947
2948 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
2949 {
2950 case SHT_REL:
2951 case SHT_RELA:
2952 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
2953 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
2954 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
2955 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
2956 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
2957 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
2958 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
2959 if (s != NULL)
2960 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2961
2962 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
2963 name = sec->name;
2964 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
2965 name += 4;
2966 else
2967 name += 5;
2968 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
2969 if (s != NULL)
2970 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2971 break;
2972
2973 case SHT_STRTAB:
2974 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
2975 string section. We look for a section with the same name
2976 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
2977 field to point to this section. */
2978 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
2979 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
2980 {
2981 size_t len;
2982 char *alc;
2983
2984 len = strlen (sec->name);
2985 alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2);
2986 if (alc == NULL)
2987 return FALSE;
2988 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
2989 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
2990 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
2991 free (alc);
2992 if (s != NULL)
2993 {
2994 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
2995
2996 /* This is a .stab section. */
2997 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
2998 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
2999 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3000 }
3001 }
3002 break;
3003
3004 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
3005 case SHT_DYNSYM:
3006 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3007 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3008 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3009 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3010 version strings. */
3011 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3012 if (s != NULL)
3013 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3014 break;
3015
3016 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3017 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3018 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3019 the version strings. */
3020 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3021 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3022 if (s != NULL)
3023 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3024 break;
3025
3026 case SHT_HASH:
3027 case SHT_GNU_HASH:
3028 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3029 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3030 this hash table or version table is for. */
3031 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3032 if (s != NULL)
3033 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3034 break;
3035
3036 case SHT_GROUP:
3037 d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3038 }
3039 }
3040
3041 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
3042 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
3043 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
3044 else
3045 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3046 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
3047 return TRUE;
3048 }
3049
3050 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3051 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3052
3053 static bfd_boolean
3054 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3055 {
3056 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3057 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3058 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3059 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3060
3061 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
3062 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3063 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3064 }
3065
3066 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3067 output. Also, don't output section symbols for reloc and other
3068 special sections. */
3069
3070 static bfd_boolean
3071 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3072 {
3073 return ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3074 && (sym->value != 0
3075 || (sym->section->owner != abfd
3076 && (sym->section->output_section->owner != abfd
3077 || sym->section->output_offset != 0))));
3078 }
3079
3080 static bfd_boolean
3081 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd)
3082 {
3083 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3084 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3085 asymbol **sect_syms;
3086 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3087 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3088 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3089 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3090 int max_index = 0;
3091 unsigned int idx;
3092 asection *asect;
3093 asymbol **new_syms;
3094
3095 #ifdef DEBUG
3096 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3097 fflush (stderr);
3098 #endif
3099
3100 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3101 {
3102 if (max_index < asect->index)
3103 max_index = asect->index;
3104 }
3105
3106 max_index++;
3107 sect_syms = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3108 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3109 return FALSE;
3110 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3111 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3112
3113 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3114 decided to output. */
3115 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3116 {
3117 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3118
3119 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3120 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3121 {
3122 asection *sec = sym->section;
3123
3124 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3125 sec = sec->output_section;
3126
3127 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3128 }
3129 }
3130
3131 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3132 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3133 {
3134 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
3135 continue;
3136 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3137 num_locals++;
3138 else
3139 num_globals++;
3140 }
3141
3142 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3143 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3144 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3145 at least in that case. */
3146 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3147 {
3148 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3149 {
3150 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3151 num_locals++;
3152 else
3153 num_globals++;
3154 }
3155 }
3156
3157 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3158 new_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, sizeof (asymbol *));
3159
3160 if (new_syms == NULL)
3161 return FALSE;
3162
3163 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3164 {
3165 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3166 unsigned int i;
3167
3168 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3169 continue;
3170 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3171 i = num_locals2++;
3172 else
3173 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3174 new_syms[i] = sym;
3175 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3176 }
3177 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3178 {
3179 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3180 {
3181 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3182 unsigned int i;
3183
3184 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3185 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3186 i = num_locals2++;
3187 else
3188 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3189 new_syms[i] = sym;
3190 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3191 }
3192 }
3193
3194 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3195
3196 elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
3197 elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
3198 return TRUE;
3199 }
3200
3201 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3202 ELF data structure. */
3203
3204 static inline file_ptr
3205 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3206 {
3207 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3208 }
3209
3210 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3211 required section alignment. */
3212
3213 file_ptr
3214 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3215 file_ptr offset,
3216 bfd_boolean align)
3217 {
3218 if (align)
3219 {
3220 unsigned int al;
3221
3222 al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign;
3223 if (al > 1)
3224 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al);
3225 }
3226 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3227 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3228 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3229 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3230 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3231 return offset;
3232 }
3233
3234 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3235 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3236 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3237
3238 bfd_boolean
3239 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3240 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3241 {
3242 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3243 bfd_boolean failed;
3244 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3245 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3246
3247 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3248 return TRUE;
3249
3250 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3251 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3252 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3253
3254 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3255 return FALSE;
3256
3257 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3258 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
3259 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3260
3261 failed = FALSE;
3262 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed);
3263 if (failed)
3264 return FALSE;
3265
3266 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3267 return FALSE;
3268
3269 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3270 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3271 {
3272 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3273 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3274
3275 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3276 return FALSE;
3277 }
3278
3279 if (link_info == NULL)
3280 {
3281 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3282 if (failed)
3283 return FALSE;
3284 }
3285
3286 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3287 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3288 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3289 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3290 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3291 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3292 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3293 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3294 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3295 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3296 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3297
3298 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3299 return FALSE;
3300
3301 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3302 {
3303 file_ptr off;
3304 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3305
3306 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
3307
3308 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3309 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3310
3311 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3312 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3313 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3314
3315 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3316 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3317
3318 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
3319
3320 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3321 out. */
3322 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3323 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3324 return FALSE;
3325 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3326 }
3327
3328 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3329
3330 return TRUE;
3331 }
3332
3333 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3334 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3335
3336 static bfd_size_type
3337 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3338 {
3339 size_t segs;
3340 asection *s;
3341 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3342
3343 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3344 and one for data. */
3345 segs = 2;
3346
3347 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3348 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3349 {
3350 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3351 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3352 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3353 targets. */
3354 segs += 2;
3355 }
3356
3357 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
3358 {
3359 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3360 ++segs;
3361 }
3362
3363 if (info->relro)
3364 {
3365 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3366 ++segs;
3367 }
3368
3369 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr)
3370 {
3371 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3372 ++segs;
3373 }
3374
3375 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3376 {
3377 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3378 ++segs;
3379 }
3380
3381 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3382 {
3383 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3384 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3385 {
3386 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3387 ++segs;
3388 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3389 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3390 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3391 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3392 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3393 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3394 aligned. */
3395 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3396 while (s->next != NULL
3397 && s->next->alignment_power == 2
3398 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3399 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note"))
3400 s = s->next;
3401 }
3402 }
3403
3404 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3405 {
3406 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3407 {
3408 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3409 ++segs;
3410 break;
3411 }
3412 }
3413
3414 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3415 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3416 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
3417 {
3418 int a;
3419
3420 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
3421 if (a == -1)
3422 abort ();
3423 segs += a;
3424 }
3425
3426 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3427 }
3428
3429 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3430
3431 static struct elf_segment_map *
3432 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3433 asection **sections,
3434 unsigned int from,
3435 unsigned int to,
3436 bfd_boolean phdr)
3437 {
3438 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3439 unsigned int i;
3440 asection **hdrpp;
3441 bfd_size_type amt;
3442
3443 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3444 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3445 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3446 if (m == NULL)
3447 return NULL;
3448 m->next = NULL;
3449 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3450 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3451 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3452 m->count = to - from;
3453
3454 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3455 {
3456 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3457 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3458 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3459 }
3460
3461 return m;
3462 }
3463
3464 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3465 on failure. */
3466
3467 struct elf_segment_map *
3468 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3469 {
3470 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3471
3472 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3473 if (m == NULL)
3474 return NULL;
3475 m->next = NULL;
3476 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3477 m->count = 1;
3478 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3479
3480 return m;
3481 }
3482
3483 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3484
3485 static bfd_boolean
3486 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
3487 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3488 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load)
3489 {
3490 struct elf_segment_map **m;
3491 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3492
3493 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3494 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3495 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3496 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3497 removed. */
3498 m = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
3499 while (*m)
3500 {
3501 unsigned int i, new_count;
3502
3503 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
3504 {
3505 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3506 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3507 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
3508 {
3509 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
3510 new_count++;
3511 }
3512 }
3513 (*m)->count = new_count;
3514
3515 if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0)
3516 *m = (*m)->next;
3517 else
3518 m = &(*m)->next;
3519 }
3520
3521 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3522 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
3523 {
3524 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
3525 return FALSE;
3526 }
3527
3528 return TRUE;
3529 }
3530
3531 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3532
3533 bfd_boolean
3534 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3535 {
3536 unsigned int count;
3537 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3538 asection **sections = NULL;
3539 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3540 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs;
3541
3542 no_user_phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL;
3543 if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
3544 {
3545 asection *s;
3546 unsigned int i;
3547 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
3548 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
3549 asection *last_hdr;
3550 bfd_vma last_size;
3551 unsigned int phdr_index;
3552 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
3553 asection **hdrpp;
3554 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
3555 bfd_boolean writable;
3556 int tls_count = 0;
3557 asection *first_tls = NULL;
3558 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
3559 bfd_size_type amt;
3560
3561 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3562
3563 sections = bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), sizeof (asection *));
3564 if (sections == NULL)
3565 goto error_return;
3566
3567 i = 0;
3568 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3569 {
3570 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3571 {
3572 sections[i] = s;
3573 ++i;
3574 }
3575 }
3576 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
3577 count = i;
3578
3579 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
3580
3581 /* Build the mapping. */
3582
3583 mfirst = NULL;
3584 pm = &mfirst;
3585
3586 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3587 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3588 section. */
3589 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3590 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3591 {
3592 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3593 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3594 if (m == NULL)
3595 goto error_return;
3596 m->next = NULL;
3597 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
3598 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3599 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
3600 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3601 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3602
3603 *pm = m;
3604 pm = &m->next;
3605
3606 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3607 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3608 if (m == NULL)
3609 goto error_return;
3610 m->next = NULL;
3611 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
3612 m->count = 1;
3613 m->sections[0] = s;
3614
3615 *pm = m;
3616 pm = &m->next;
3617 }
3618
3619 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3620 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3621 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3622 last_hdr = NULL;
3623 last_size = 0;
3624 phdr_index = 0;
3625 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
3626 writable = FALSE;
3627 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3628 if (dynsec != NULL
3629 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
3630 dynsec = NULL;
3631
3632 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3633 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3634 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3635 program headers we will need. */
3636 if (count > 0)
3637 {
3638 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
3639
3640 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
3641 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
3642 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
3643 || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size
3644 || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
3645 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3646 }
3647
3648 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
3649 {
3650 asection *hdr;
3651 bfd_boolean new_segment;
3652
3653 hdr = *hdrpp;
3654
3655 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3656 segment. */
3657
3658 if (last_hdr == NULL)
3659 {
3660 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3661 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3662 new_segment = FALSE;
3663 }
3664 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
3665 {
3666 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3667 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3668 segment. */
3669 new_segment = TRUE;
3670 }
3671 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)
3672 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize))
3673 {
3674 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3675 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3676 new_segment = TRUE;
3677 }
3678 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
3679 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
3680 {
3681 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3682 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3683 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3684 new_segment = TRUE;
3685 }
3686 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
3687 {
3688 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3689 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3690 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3691 new_segment = FALSE;
3692 }
3693 else if (! writable
3694 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
3695 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1)
3696 & ~(maxpagesize - 1))
3697 != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1))))
3698 {
3699 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3700 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3701 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3702 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3703 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3704 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3705 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3706 new_segment = TRUE;
3707 }
3708 else
3709 {
3710 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3711 new_segment = FALSE;
3712 }
3713
3714 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3715 if (last_hdr && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment)
3716 new_segment = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr, last_hdr, new_segment);
3717
3718 if (! new_segment)
3719 {
3720 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3721 writable = TRUE;
3722 last_hdr = hdr;
3723 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3724 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
3725 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3726 last_size = hdr->size;
3727 else
3728 last_size = 0;
3729 continue;
3730 }
3731
3732 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3733 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3734
3735 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3736 if (m == NULL)
3737 goto error_return;
3738
3739 *pm = m;
3740 pm = &m->next;
3741
3742 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3743 writable = TRUE;
3744 else
3745 writable = FALSE;
3746
3747 last_hdr = hdr;
3748 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3749 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3750 last_size = hdr->size;
3751 else
3752 last_size = 0;
3753 phdr_index = i;
3754 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3755 }
3756
3757 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
3758 if (last_hdr != NULL)
3759 {
3760 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3761 if (m == NULL)
3762 goto error_return;
3763
3764 *pm = m;
3765 pm = &m->next;
3766 }
3767
3768 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3769 if (dynsec != NULL)
3770 {
3771 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
3772 if (m == NULL)
3773 goto error_return;
3774 *pm = m;
3775 pm = &m->next;
3776 }
3777
3778 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
3779 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
3780 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
3781 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
3782 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
3783 bogus anyhow. */
3784 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3785 {
3786 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3787 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3788 {
3789 asection *s2;
3790 unsigned count = 1;
3791 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3792 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3793 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next)
3794 {
3795 if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2
3796 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3797 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note")
3798 && align_power (s2->vma + s2->size, 2)
3799 == s2->next->vma)
3800 count++;
3801 else
3802 break;
3803 }
3804 amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3805 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3806 if (m == NULL)
3807 goto error_return;
3808 m->next = NULL;
3809 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
3810 m->count = count;
3811 while (count > 1)
3812 {
3813 m->sections[m->count - count--] = s;
3814 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
3815 s = s->next;
3816 }
3817 m->sections[m->count - 1] = s;
3818 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
3819 *pm = m;
3820 pm = &m->next;
3821 }
3822 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3823 {
3824 if (! tls_count)
3825 first_tls = s;
3826 tls_count++;
3827 }
3828 }
3829
3830 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
3831 if (tls_count > 0)
3832 {
3833 int i;
3834
3835 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3836 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3837 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3838 if (m == NULL)
3839 goto error_return;
3840 m->next = NULL;
3841 m->p_type = PT_TLS;
3842 m->count = tls_count;
3843 /* Mandated PF_R. */
3844 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3845 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3846 for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i)
3847 {
3848 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
3849 m->sections[i] = first_tls;
3850 first_tls = first_tls->next;
3851 }
3852
3853 *pm = m;
3854 pm = &m->next;
3855 }
3856
3857 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
3858 segment. */
3859 eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr;
3860 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
3861 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3862 {
3863 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3864 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3865 if (m == NULL)
3866 goto error_return;
3867 m->next = NULL;
3868 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
3869 m->count = 1;
3870 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
3871
3872 *pm = m;
3873 pm = &m->next;
3874 }
3875
3876 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3877 {
3878 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3879 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3880 if (m == NULL)
3881 goto error_return;
3882 m->next = NULL;
3883 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
3884 m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags;
3885 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3886
3887 *pm = m;
3888 pm = &m->next;
3889 }
3890
3891 if (info->relro)
3892 {
3893 for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next)
3894 {
3895 if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD)
3896 {
3897 asection *last = m->sections[m->count - 1];
3898 bfd_vma vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma;
3899 bfd_vma filesz = last->vma - vaddr + last->size;
3900
3901 if (vaddr < info->relro_end
3902 && vaddr >= info->relro_start
3903 && (vaddr + filesz) >= info->relro_end)
3904 break;
3905 }
3906 }
3907
3908 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
3909 if (m != NULL)
3910 {
3911 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3912 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3913 if (m == NULL)
3914 goto error_return;
3915 m->next = NULL;
3916 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
3917 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3918 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3919
3920 *pm = m;
3921 pm = &m->next;
3922 }
3923 }
3924
3925 free (sections);
3926 elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
3927 }
3928
3929 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs))
3930 return FALSE;
3931
3932 for (count = 0, m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
3933 ++count;
3934 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3935
3936 return TRUE;
3937
3938 error_return:
3939 if (sections != NULL)
3940 free (sections);
3941 return FALSE;
3942 }
3943
3944 /* Sort sections by address. */
3945
3946 static int
3947 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
3948 {
3949 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
3950 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
3951 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
3952
3953 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
3954 place the section into a segment. */
3955 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
3956 return -1;
3957 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
3958 return 1;
3959
3960 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
3961 the same, and this will do nothing. */
3962 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
3963 return -1;
3964 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
3965 return 1;
3966
3967 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
3968
3969 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
3970
3971 if (TOEND (sec1))
3972 {
3973 if (TOEND (sec2))
3974 {
3975 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
3976 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
3977 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
3978 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
3979 }
3980 else
3981 return 1;
3982 }
3983 else if (TOEND (sec2))
3984 return -1;
3985
3986 #undef TOEND
3987
3988 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
3989 before others at the same address. */
3990
3991 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
3992 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
3993
3994 if (size1 < size2)
3995 return -1;
3996 if (size1 > size2)
3997 return 1;
3998
3999 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4000 }
4001
4002 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4003
4004 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4005 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4006 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4007 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4008 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4009 which is wrong.
4010
4011 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4012 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4013 the page size.'' */
4014 /* In other words, something like:
4015
4016 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4017 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4018 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4019 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4020 else
4021 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4022
4023 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4024
4025 static file_ptr
4026 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
4027 {
4028 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
4029 }
4030
4031 static void
4032 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m)
4033 {
4034 unsigned int j;
4035 const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type);
4036 char buf[32];
4037
4038 if (pt == NULL)
4039 {
4040 if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC)
4041 sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4042 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC));
4043 else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS)
4044 sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4045 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS));
4046 else
4047 snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x",
4048 (unsigned int) m->p_type);
4049 pt = buf;
4050 }
4051 fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt);
4052 for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++)
4053 fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name);
4054 putc ('\n',stderr);
4055 }
4056
4057 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4058 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4059 the file header. */
4060
4061 static bfd_boolean
4062 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4063 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4064 {
4065 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4066 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4067 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4068 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4069 file_ptr off;
4070 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
4071 unsigned int alloc;
4072 unsigned int i, j;
4073
4074 if (link_info == NULL
4075 && !elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, link_info, FALSE))
4076 return FALSE;
4077
4078 alloc = 0;
4079 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4080 ++alloc;
4081
4082 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4083 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4084 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
4085
4086 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4087 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4088 else
4089 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size
4090 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
4091
4092 if (alloc == 0)
4093 {
4094 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4095 return TRUE;
4096 }
4097
4098 phdrs = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, alloc, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
4099 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
4100 if (phdrs == NULL)
4101 return FALSE;
4102
4103 maxpagesize = 1;
4104 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4105 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4106
4107 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4108 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4109
4110 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs, j = 0;
4111 m != NULL;
4112 m = m->next, p++, j++)
4113 {
4114 asection **secpp;
4115 bfd_vma off_adjust;
4116 bfd_boolean no_contents;
4117
4118 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4119 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4120 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4121 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4122 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4123 if (m->count > 1
4124 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4125 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4126 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4127 elf_sort_sections);
4128
4129 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4130 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4131 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4132 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4133 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4134 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4135 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4136
4137 if (m->count == 0)
4138 p->p_vaddr = 0;
4139 else
4140 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4141
4142 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4143 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4144 else if (m->count == 0)
4145 p->p_paddr = 0;
4146 else
4147 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4148
4149 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4150 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4151 {
4152 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4153 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4154 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4155 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4156 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4157 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4158 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4159 segment. */
4160 if (m->p_align_valid)
4161 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
4162
4163 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
4164 }
4165 else if (m->p_align_valid)
4166 p->p_align = m->p_align;
4167 else if (m->count == 0)
4168 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4169 else
4170 p->p_align = 0;
4171
4172 no_contents = FALSE;
4173 off_adjust = 0;
4174 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4175 && m->count > 0)
4176 {
4177 bfd_size_type align;
4178 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4179
4180 if (m->p_align_valid)
4181 align = p->p_align;
4182 else
4183 {
4184 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4185 {
4186 unsigned int secalign;
4187
4188 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4189 if (secalign > align_power)
4190 align_power = secalign;
4191 }
4192 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4193 if (align < maxpagesize)
4194 align = maxpagesize;
4195 }
4196
4197 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4198 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
4199 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4200 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4201 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4202 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS;
4203
4204 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4205 sections. If the first section isn't loadable, the same
4206 holds for any other sections. */
4207 i = 0;
4208 while (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) == SHT_NOBITS)
4209 {
4210 /* If a segment starts with .tbss, we need to look
4211 at the next section to decide whether the segment
4212 has any loadable sections. */
4213 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[i]) & SHF_TLS) == 0
4214 || ++i >= m->count)
4215 {
4216 no_contents = TRUE;
4217 break;
4218 }
4219 }
4220
4221 off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, align);
4222 off += off_adjust;
4223 if (no_contents)
4224 {
4225 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4226 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4227 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4228 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4229 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4230 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4231 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4232 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4233 }
4234 else
4235 off_adjust = 0;
4236 }
4237 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4238 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4239 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4240 && m->count > 1
4241 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4242 {
4243 _bfd_error_handler
4244 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4245 abfd);
4246 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4247 return FALSE;
4248 }
4249
4250 p->p_offset = 0;
4251 p->p_filesz = 0;
4252 p->p_memsz = 0;
4253
4254 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4255 {
4256 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4257 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4258 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4259 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4260 if (m->count > 0)
4261 {
4262 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4263
4264 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4265 {
4266 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4267 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4268 abfd);
4269 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4270 return FALSE;
4271 }
4272
4273 p->p_vaddr -= off;
4274 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4275 p->p_paddr -= off;
4276 }
4277 }
4278
4279 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4280 {
4281 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4282 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4283
4284 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
4285 {
4286 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4287
4288 if (m->count > 0)
4289 {
4290 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4291 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4292 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4293 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4294 }
4295 }
4296
4297 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4298 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4299 }
4300
4301 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4302 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4303 {
4304 if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs)
4305 p->p_offset = off;
4306 else
4307 {
4308 file_ptr adjust;
4309
4310 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4311 if (!no_contents)
4312 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4313 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4314 }
4315 }
4316
4317 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4318 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4319 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4320 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4321 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4322 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4323 {
4324 asection *sec;
4325 bfd_size_type align;
4326 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4327
4328 sec = *secpp;
4329 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr;
4330 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4331
4332 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4333 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4334 {
4335 bfd_signed_vma adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz);
4336
4337 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
4338 || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
4339 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0
4340 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)))
4341 {
4342 if (adjust < 0)
4343 {
4344 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4345 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4346 abfd, sec, (unsigned long) sec->lma);
4347 adjust = 0;
4348 }
4349 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4350
4351 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4352 {
4353 off += adjust;
4354 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4355 }
4356 }
4357 }
4358
4359 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4360 {
4361 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4362 everything. */
4363 if (i == 0)
4364 {
4365 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4366 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4367 p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size;
4368 p->p_memsz = 0;
4369 p->p_align = 1;
4370 }
4371 else
4372 {
4373 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4374 sec->filepos = 0;
4375 sec->size = 0;
4376 sec->flags = 0;
4377 continue;
4378 }
4379 }
4380 else
4381 {
4382 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4383 {
4384 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4385 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4386 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4387 }
4388
4389 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4390 {
4391 p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4392 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4393 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4394 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4395 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4396 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4397 }
4398 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4399 {
4400 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4401 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4402
4403 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4404 normal segments. */
4405 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
4406 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4407 }
4408
4409 if (align > p->p_align
4410 && !m->p_align_valid
4411 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4412 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
4413 p->p_align = align;
4414 }
4415
4416 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4417 {
4418 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4419 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
4420 p->p_flags |= PF_X;
4421 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
4422 p->p_flags |= PF_W;
4423 }
4424 }
4425 off -= off_adjust;
4426
4427 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4428 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4429 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4430 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4431 {
4432 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4433 asection *sec;
4434
4435 sec = *secpp;
4436 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr);
4437 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0
4438 && !ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, p))
4439 {
4440 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4441 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4442 abfd, sec, j);
4443 print_segment_map (m);
4444 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4445 return FALSE;
4446 }
4447 }
4448 }
4449
4450 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4451 return TRUE;
4452 }
4453
4454 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4455
4456 static bfd_boolean
4457 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4458 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4459 {
4460 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4461 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
4462 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4463 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4464 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4465 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4466 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
4467 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
4468 file_ptr off;
4469 unsigned int num_sec;
4470 unsigned int i;
4471 unsigned int count;
4472
4473 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4474 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4475 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4476 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4477 {
4478 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4479 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4480
4481 hdr = *hdrpp;
4482 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4483 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
4484 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4485 && hdr->contents == NULL)))
4486 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos);
4487 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4488 {
4489 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
4490 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4491 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4492 abfd,
4493 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
4494 ? "*unknown*"
4495 : hdr->bfd_section->name)));
4496 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4497 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0)
4498 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4499 bed->maxpagesize);
4500 else
4501 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4502 hdr->sh_addralign);
4503 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
4504 FALSE);
4505 }
4506 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4507 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4508 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
4509 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section]
4510 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
4511 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4512 else
4513 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4514
4515 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4516 {
4517 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4518 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4519 }
4520 }
4521
4522 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4523 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4524 count = 0;
4525 filehdr_vaddr = 0;
4526 filehdr_paddr = 0;
4527 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4528 phdrs_paddr = 0;
4529 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
4530 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4531 m != NULL;
4532 m = m->next, p++)
4533 {
4534 ++count;
4535 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
4536 continue;
4537
4538 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4539 {
4540 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4541 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4542 }
4543 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4544 {
4545 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4546 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4547 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4548 {
4549 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4550 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4551 }
4552 }
4553 }
4554
4555 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4556 m != NULL;
4557 m = m->next, p++)
4558 {
4559 if (m->count != 0)
4560 {
4561 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4562 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE
4563 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
4564 {
4565 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4566 asection *sect;
4567
4568 BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs);
4569
4570 sect = m->sections[m->count - 1];
4571 hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr;
4572 p->p_filesz = sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos;
4573 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4574 p->p_filesz += hdr->sh_size;
4575
4576 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4577 {
4578 /* When we get here, we are copying executable
4579 or shared library. But we need to use the same
4580 linker logic. */
4581 Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4582
4583 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4584 {
4585 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4586 && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr)
4587 break;
4588 }
4589
4590 if (lp < phdrs + count)
4591 {
4592 /* We should use p_size if it is valid since it
4593 may contain the first few bytes of the next
4594 SEC_ALLOC section. */
4595 if (m->p_size_valid)
4596 p->p_filesz = m->p_size;
4597 else
4598 abort ();
4599 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4600 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4601 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4602 p->p_align = 1;
4603 }
4604 else
4605 abort ();
4606 }
4607 else
4608 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
4609 }
4610 }
4611 else
4612 {
4613 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4614 {
4615 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
4616 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4617 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
4618 }
4619 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
4620 {
4621 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
4622 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4623 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
4624 }
4625 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4626 {
4627 Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4628
4629 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4630 {
4631 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4632 && lp->p_vaddr <= link_info->relro_end
4633 && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start
4634 && (lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz
4635 >= link_info->relro_end))
4636 break;
4637 }
4638
4639 if (lp < phdrs + count
4640 && link_info->relro_end > lp->p_vaddr)
4641 {
4642 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4643 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
4644 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4645 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
4646 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4647 p->p_align = 1;
4648 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
4649 }
4650 else
4651 {
4652 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
4653 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
4654 }
4655 }
4656 }
4657 }
4658
4659 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4660
4661 return TRUE;
4662 }
4663
4664 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4665 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4666 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4667
4668 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4669 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4670 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4671 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4672 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4673 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4674 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4675
4676 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4677
4678 static bfd_boolean
4679 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
4680 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4681 {
4682 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4683 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4684 file_ptr off;
4685 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4686
4687 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
4688 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4689 {
4690 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4691 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4692 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4693 unsigned int i;
4694
4695 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4696 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
4697
4698 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4699 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4700 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4701 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4702 {
4703 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4704
4705 hdr = *hdrpp;
4706 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4707 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4708 || i == tdata->symtab_section
4709 || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section
4710 || i == tdata->strtab_section)
4711 {
4712 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4713 }
4714 else
4715 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4716
4717 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4718 {
4719 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4720 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4721 }
4722 }
4723 }
4724 else
4725 {
4726 unsigned int alloc;
4727
4728 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4729 assignment of sections to segments. */
4730 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
4731 return FALSE;
4732
4733 /* And for non-load sections. */
4734 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
4735 return FALSE;
4736
4737 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
4738 {
4739 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
4740 return FALSE;
4741 }
4742
4743 /* Write out the program headers. */
4744 alloc = tdata->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4745 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
4746 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
4747 return FALSE;
4748
4749 off = tdata->next_file_pos;
4750 }
4751
4752 /* Place the section headers. */
4753 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
4754 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
4755 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
4756
4757 tdata->next_file_pos = off;
4758
4759 return TRUE;
4760 }
4761
4762 static bfd_boolean
4763 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
4764 {
4765 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4766 Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4767 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
4768 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
4769 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4770
4771 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4772 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4773
4774 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4775 if (shstrtab == NULL)
4776 return FALSE;
4777
4778 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
4779
4780 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
4781 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
4782 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
4783 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
4784
4785 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
4786 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
4787 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
4788 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
4789
4790 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4791 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
4792 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
4793 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
4794 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4795 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
4796 else
4797 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
4798
4799 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
4800 {
4801 case bfd_arch_unknown:
4802 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
4803 break;
4804
4805 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4806 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4807 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4808 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4809 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4810 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4811 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4812 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4813 default:
4814 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
4815 }
4816
4817 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
4818 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4819
4820 /* No program header, for now. */
4821 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4822 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4823 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
4824
4825 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4826 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
4827 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
4828
4829 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4830 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
4831 /* It all happens later. */
4832 ;
4833 else
4834 {
4835 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4836 i_phdrp = 0;
4837 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4838 }
4839
4840 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
4841 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
4842 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
4843 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
4844 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
4845 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
4846 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4847 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4848 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
4849 return FALSE;
4850
4851 return TRUE;
4852 }
4853
4854 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4855 of the loadable file image. */
4856
4857 void
4858 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
4859 {
4860 file_ptr off;
4861 unsigned int i, num_sec;
4862 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
4863
4864 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4865
4866 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4867 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
4868 {
4869 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
4870
4871 shdrp = *shdrpp;
4872 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4873 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
4874 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
4875 }
4876
4877 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4878 }
4879
4880 bfd_boolean
4881 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
4882 {
4883 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4884 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
4885 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
4886 bfd_boolean failed;
4887 unsigned int count, num_sec;
4888
4889 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
4890 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
4891 return FALSE;
4892
4893 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4894 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4895
4896 failed = FALSE;
4897 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
4898 if (failed)
4899 return FALSE;
4900
4901 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
4902
4903 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
4904 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4905 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
4906 {
4907 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
4908 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
4909 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
4910 {
4911 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
4912
4913 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4914 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
4915 return FALSE;
4916 }
4917 if (count == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4918 count += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4919 }
4920
4921 /* Write out the section header names. */
4922 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
4923 && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4924 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
4925 return FALSE;
4926
4927 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
4928 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
4929 elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
4930
4931 if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd))
4932 return FALSE;
4933
4934 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
4935 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents)
4936 return (*elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents) (abfd);
4937
4938 return TRUE;
4939 }
4940
4941 bfd_boolean
4942 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
4943 {
4944 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
4945 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
4946 }
4947
4948 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
4949
4950 int
4951 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
4952 {
4953 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4954 int index;
4955
4956 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
4957 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
4958 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
4959
4960 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
4961 index = SHN_ABS;
4962 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
4963 index = SHN_COMMON;
4964 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
4965 index = SHN_UNDEF;
4966 else
4967 index = -1;
4968
4969 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4970 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
4971 {
4972 int retval = index;
4973
4974 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
4975 return retval;
4976 }
4977
4978 if (index == -1)
4979 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
4980
4981 return index;
4982 }
4983
4984 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
4985 on error. */
4986
4987 int
4988 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
4989 {
4990 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
4991 int idx;
4992 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
4993
4994 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
4995 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
4996 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
4997 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
4998 input sections rather than the output section. */
4999 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
5000 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5001 && asym_ptr->section)
5002 {
5003 asection *sec;
5004 int indx;
5005
5006 sec = asym_ptr->section;
5007 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
5008 sec = sec->output_section;
5009 if (sec->owner == abfd
5010 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
5011 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
5012 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
5013 }
5014
5015 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
5016
5017 if (idx == 0)
5018 {
5019 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5020 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5021 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5022 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5023 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
5024 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
5025 return -1;
5026 }
5027
5028 #if DEBUG & 4
5029 {
5030 fprintf (stderr,
5031 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5032 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags,
5033 elf_symbol_flags (flags));
5034 fflush (stderr);
5035 }
5036 #endif
5037
5038 return idx;
5039 }
5040
5041 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5042
5043 static bfd_boolean
5044 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5045 {
5046 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5047 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5048 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5049 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5050 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5051 asection *section;
5052 unsigned int i;
5053 unsigned int num_segments;
5054 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5055 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
5056 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
5057 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
5058 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5059
5060 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5061 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5062
5063 map_first = NULL;
5064 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5065
5066 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5067 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
5068
5069 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5070 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5071 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5072 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5073
5074 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5075 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5076 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5077 ? section->size : 0)
5078
5079 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5080 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5081 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5082 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5083 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5084 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5085
5086 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5087 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5088 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5089 (section->lma >= base \
5090 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5091 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5092
5093 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
5094 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5095 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5096 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5097 && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
5098 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5099 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5100 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5101
5102 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5103 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5104 p_memsz set to 0. */
5105 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5106 (p->p_vaddr == 0 \
5107 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5108 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5109 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5110 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5111 && s->size > 0 \
5112 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5113 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5114 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5115
5116 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5117 A section will be included if:
5118 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5119 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5120 2. It is an allocated segment,
5121 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5122 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5123 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5124 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5125 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5126 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5127 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5128 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5129 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5130 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5131 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5132 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5133 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5134 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5135 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5136 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5137 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5138 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5139 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5140 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5141 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5142 || (segment->p_paddr \
5143 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5144 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5145 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5146 == 0)) \
5147 && !section->segment_mark)
5148
5149 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5150 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5151 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5152 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5153 && section->output_section != NULL)
5154
5155 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5156 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5157 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5158
5159 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5160 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5161 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5162 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5163 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5164 LMA. */
5165 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5166 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5167 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5168 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5169 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5170
5171 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5172 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5173 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5174
5175 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5176 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5177 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5178 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5179 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5180 i < num_segments;
5181 i++, segment++)
5182 {
5183 unsigned int j;
5184 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5185
5186 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5187 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5188 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5189 {
5190 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5191 assignment code will work. */
5192 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5193 break;
5194 }
5195
5196 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5197 {
5198 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5199 if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
5200 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5201 continue;
5202 }
5203
5204 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5205 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++)
5206 {
5207 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5208
5209 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5210 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
5211 continue;
5212
5213 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5214 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
5215 {
5216 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5217 SEGMENT. */
5218 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
5219 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr));
5220
5221 if (extra_length > 0)
5222 {
5223 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
5224 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
5225 }
5226
5227 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5228
5229 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5230 i = 0;
5231 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5232 break;
5233 }
5234 else
5235 {
5236 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5237 SEGMENT2. */
5238 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
5239 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr));
5240
5241 if (extra_length > 0)
5242 {
5243 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
5244 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
5245 }
5246
5247 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
5248 }
5249 }
5250 }
5251
5252 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5253 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5254 i < num_segments;
5255 i++, segment++)
5256 {
5257 unsigned int section_count;
5258 asection **sections;
5259 asection *output_section;
5260 unsigned int isec;
5261 bfd_vma matching_lma;
5262 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
5263 unsigned int j;
5264 bfd_size_type amt;
5265 asection *first_section;
5266 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma;
5267 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma;
5268
5269 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5270 continue;
5271
5272 first_section = NULL;
5273 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5274 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5275 section != NULL;
5276 section = section->next)
5277 {
5278 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5279 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5280 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5281 {
5282 if (first_section == NULL)
5283 first_section = section;
5284 if (section->output_section != NULL)
5285 ++section_count;
5286 }
5287 }
5288
5289 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5290 all of the sections we have selected. */
5291 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5292 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5293 map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5294 if (map == NULL)
5295 return FALSE;
5296
5297 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5298 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5299 map->next = NULL;
5300 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5301 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5302 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5303
5304 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5305 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5306 output segment. */
5307 if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL)
5308 {
5309 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5310 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5311 }
5312
5313 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5314 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5315 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5316 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5317 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5318
5319 if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5320 {
5321 map->includes_phdrs =
5322 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5323 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5324 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5325 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5326
5327 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5328 phdr_included = TRUE;
5329 }
5330
5331 if (section_count == 0)
5332 {
5333 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5334 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5335 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5336 a warning is produced. */
5337 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5338 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5339 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5340 ibfd);
5341
5342 map->count = 0;
5343 *pointer_to_map = map;
5344 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5345
5346 continue;
5347 }
5348
5349 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5350 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5351 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5352 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5353
5354 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5355 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5356 input BFD.
5357
5358 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5359 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5360 of the first section.
5361
5362 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5363 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5364 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5365 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5366 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5367
5368 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5369 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5370 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5371 or segments to contain the other sections.
5372
5373 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5374 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5375 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5376
5377 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5378 to work around this long long bug. */
5379 sections = bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
5380 if (sections == NULL)
5381 return FALSE;
5382
5383 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5384 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5385 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5386 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5387 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5388 more to do. */
5389 isec = 0;
5390 matching_lma = 0;
5391 suggested_lma = 0;
5392 first_matching_lma = TRUE;
5393 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5394
5395 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5396 section != NULL;
5397 section = section->next)
5398 if (section == first_section)
5399 break;
5400
5401 for (j = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5402 {
5403 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5404 {
5405 output_section = section->output_section;
5406
5407 sections[j++] = section;
5408
5409 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5410 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5411 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5412 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5413 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5414 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
5415 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5416 && isec == 0
5417 && output_section->lma != 0
5418 && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
5419 + (map->includes_filehdr
5420 ? iehdr->e_ehsize
5421 : 0)
5422 + (map->includes_phdrs
5423 ? (iehdr->e_phnum
5424 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5425 : 0)))
5426 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5427
5428 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5429 LMA address of the output section. */
5430 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5431 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
5432 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5433 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)))
5434 {
5435 if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma)
5436 {
5437 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
5438 first_matching_lma = FALSE;
5439 }
5440
5441 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5442 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5443 segment. */
5444 map->sections[isec++] = output_section;
5445 }
5446 else if (first_suggested_lma)
5447 {
5448 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5449 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5450 }
5451
5452 if (j == section_count)
5453 break;
5454 }
5455 }
5456
5457 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
5458
5459 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5460 if necessary. */
5461 if (isec == section_count)
5462 {
5463 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5464 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5465 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5466 program header in the input BFD. */
5467 map->count = section_count;
5468 *pointer_to_map = map;
5469 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5470
5471 if (!bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5472 && matching_lma != map->p_paddr
5473 && !map->includes_filehdr && !map->includes_phdrs)
5474 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5475 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5476 segment's vma. */
5477 map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr;
5478
5479 free (sections);
5480 continue;
5481 }
5482 else
5483 {
5484 if (!first_matching_lma)
5485 {
5486 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5487 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5488 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5489 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
5490 }
5491 else
5492 {
5493 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5494 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5495 the LMA of the first section. */
5496 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5497 }
5498
5499 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5500 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5501 if (map->includes_filehdr)
5502 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
5503
5504 if (map->includes_phdrs)
5505 {
5506 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5507
5508 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5509 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5510 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5511 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5512 offset when we know the correct value. */
5513 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
5514 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
5515 }
5516 }
5517
5518 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5519 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5520 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5521 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5522 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5523 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5524 the loop. */
5525 isec = 0;
5526 do
5527 {
5528 map->count = 0;
5529 suggested_lma = 0;
5530 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5531
5532 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5533 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
5534 {
5535 section = sections[j];
5536
5537 if (section == NULL)
5538 continue;
5539
5540 output_section = section->output_section;
5541
5542 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
5543
5544 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5545 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
5546 {
5547 if (map->count == 0)
5548 {
5549 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5550 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5551 wrong. */
5552 if (output_section->lma
5553 != (map->p_paddr
5554 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
5555 + (map->includes_phdrs
5556 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
5557 : 0)))
5558 abort ();
5559 }
5560 else
5561 {
5562 asection *prev_sec;
5563
5564 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
5565
5566 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5567 and the start of this section is more than
5568 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5569 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
5570 maxpagesize)
5571 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
5572 || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size
5573 > output_section->lma))
5574 {
5575 if (first_suggested_lma)
5576 {
5577 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5578 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5579 }
5580
5581 continue;
5582 }
5583 }
5584
5585 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
5586 ++isec;
5587 sections[j] = NULL;
5588 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
5589 }
5590 else if (first_suggested_lma)
5591 {
5592 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5593 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5594 }
5595 }
5596
5597 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
5598
5599 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5600 *pointer_to_map = map;
5601 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5602
5603 if (isec < section_count)
5604 {
5605 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5606 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5607 and carry on looping. */
5608 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5609 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5610 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5611 if (map == NULL)
5612 {
5613 free (sections);
5614 return FALSE;
5615 }
5616
5617 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5618 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5619 not yet been assigned. */
5620 map->next = NULL;
5621 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5622 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5623 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5624 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5625 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5626 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
5627 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5628 }
5629 }
5630 while (isec < section_count);
5631
5632 free (sections);
5633 }
5634
5635 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5636 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5637 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5638 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5639 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5640 if (map->p_paddr != 0)
5641 break;
5642 if (map == NULL)
5643 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5644 map->p_paddr_valid = 0;
5645
5646 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5647
5648 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5649 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5650 the offset if necessary. */
5651 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
5652 {
5653 unsigned int count;
5654
5655 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5656 count++;
5657
5658 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
5659 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
5660 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5661 }
5662
5663 #undef SEGMENT_END
5664 #undef SECTION_SIZE
5665 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5666 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5667 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5668 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5669 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
5670 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5671 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5672 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5673 return TRUE;
5674 }
5675
5676 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5677
5678 static bfd_boolean
5679 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5680 {
5681 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5682 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5683 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5684 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5685 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5686 unsigned int i;
5687 unsigned int num_segments;
5688 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5689
5690 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5691
5692 map_first = NULL;
5693 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5694
5695 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5696 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5697 i < num_segments;
5698 i++, segment++)
5699 {
5700 asection *section;
5701 unsigned int section_count;
5702 bfd_size_type amt;
5703 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5704 asection *first_section = NULL;
5705 asection *lowest_section = NULL;
5706
5707 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5708 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5709 section != NULL;
5710 section = section->next)
5711 {
5712 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5713 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5714 {
5715 if (!first_section)
5716 first_section = lowest_section = section;
5717 if (section->lma < lowest_section->lma)
5718 lowest_section = section;
5719 section_count++;
5720 }
5721 }
5722
5723 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5724 all of the sections we have selected. */
5725 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5726 if (section_count != 0)
5727 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5728 map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5729 if (map == NULL)
5730 return FALSE;
5731
5732 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5733 input segment. */
5734 map->next = NULL;
5735 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5736 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5737 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5738 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5739 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5740 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
5741 map->p_align_valid = 1;
5742 map->p_vaddr_offset = 0;
5743
5744 if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO
5745 && segment->p_filesz == segment->p_memsz)
5746 {
5747 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
5748 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
5749 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
5750 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5751 map->p_size = segment->p_filesz;
5752 map->p_size_valid = 1;
5753 }
5754
5755 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5756 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5757 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5758 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5759
5760 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5761 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5762 {
5763 map->includes_phdrs =
5764 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5765 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5766 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5767 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5768
5769 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5770 phdr_included = TRUE;
5771 }
5772
5773 if (!map->includes_phdrs && !map->includes_filehdr)
5774 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
5775 map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0)
5776 - segment->p_paddr);
5777
5778 if (section_count != 0)
5779 {
5780 unsigned int isec = 0;
5781
5782 for (section = first_section;
5783 section != NULL;
5784 section = section->next)
5785 {
5786 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5787 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5788 {
5789 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
5790 if (isec == section_count)
5791 break;
5792 }
5793 }
5794 }
5795
5796 map->count = section_count;
5797 *pointer_to_map = map;
5798 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5799 }
5800
5801 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5802 return TRUE;
5803 }
5804
5805 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5806 information. */
5807
5808 static bfd_boolean
5809 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5810 {
5811 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5812 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5813 return TRUE;
5814
5815 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
5816 return TRUE;
5817
5818 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
5819 {
5820 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
5821 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
5822 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5823 asection *section, *osec;
5824 unsigned int i, num_segments;
5825 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5826 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5827
5828 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5829
5830 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
5831 if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
5832 goto rewrite;
5833
5834 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5835 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
5836 section = section->next)
5837 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5838
5839 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5840 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5841 i < num_segments;
5842 i++, segment++)
5843 {
5844 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
5845 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
5846 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
5847 map in this case. */
5848 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5849 && segment->p_memsz == 0
5850 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC))
5851 goto rewrite;
5852
5853 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5854 section != NULL; section = section->next)
5855 {
5856 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5857 from the input BFD. */
5858 osec = section->output_section;
5859 if (osec)
5860 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
5861
5862 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5863 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5864 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5865 {
5866 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5867 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5868 if (osec == NULL
5869 || section->flags != osec->flags
5870 || section->lma != osec->lma
5871 || section->vma != osec->vma
5872 || section->size != osec->size
5873 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
5874 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
5875 goto rewrite;
5876 }
5877 }
5878 }
5879
5880 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
5881 input BFD. */
5882 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
5883 section = section->next)
5884 {
5885 if (section->segment_mark == FALSE)
5886 goto rewrite;
5887 else
5888 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5889 }
5890
5891 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
5892 }
5893
5894 rewrite:
5895 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
5896 }
5897
5898 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5899
5900 bfd_boolean
5901 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5902 asection *isec,
5903 bfd *obfd,
5904 asection *osec,
5905 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5906
5907 {
5908 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5909 bfd_boolean need_group = link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable;
5910
5911 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5912 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5913 return TRUE;
5914
5915 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the
5916 output BFD section flags have been set to something different.
5917 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD
5918 section flags. */
5919 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL
5920 && (osec->flags == isec->flags || !osec->flags))
5921 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
5922
5923 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
5924 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
5925 & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC));
5926
5927 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
5928 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
5929 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
5930 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5931 if (need_group)
5932 {
5933 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
5934 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5935 {
5936 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
5937 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
5938 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
5939 elf_group_name (osec) = elf_group_name (isec);
5940 }
5941 }
5942
5943 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5944
5945 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
5946 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
5947 may be NULL at this point. */
5948 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
5949 {
5950 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5951 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
5952 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
5953 }
5954
5955 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
5956
5957 return TRUE;
5958 }
5959
5960 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
5961 field, and sometimes the info field. */
5962
5963 bfd_boolean
5964 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5965 asection *isec,
5966 bfd *obfd,
5967 asection *osec)
5968 {
5969 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5970
5971 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5972 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5973 return TRUE;
5974
5975 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5976 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5977
5978 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
5979
5980 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
5981 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
5982 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
5983 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
5984 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
5985
5986 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
5987 NULL);
5988 }
5989
5990 /* Copy private header information. */
5991
5992 bfd_boolean
5993 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5994 {
5995 asection *isec;
5996
5997 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5998 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5999 return TRUE;
6000
6001 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6002 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6003 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6004 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6005 already been worked out. */
6006 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
6007 {
6008 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
6009 return FALSE;
6010 }
6011
6012 /* _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data copied over the SHF_GROUP flag
6013 but this might be wrong if we deleted the group section. */
6014 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
6015 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP
6016 && isec->output_section == NULL)
6017 {
6018 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6019 asection *s = first;
6020 while (s != NULL)
6021 {
6022 if (s->output_section != NULL)
6023 {
6024 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
6025 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
6026 }
6027 s = elf_next_in_group (s);
6028 if (s == first)
6029 break;
6030 }
6031 }
6032
6033 return TRUE;
6034 }
6035
6036 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6037 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6038 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6039 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6040 swap_out_syms function. */
6041
6042 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6043 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6044 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6045 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6046 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6047
6048 bfd_boolean
6049 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
6050 asymbol *isymarg,
6051 bfd *obfd,
6052 asymbol *osymarg)
6053 {
6054 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
6055
6056 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6057 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6058 return TRUE;
6059
6060 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
6061 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
6062
6063 if (isym != NULL
6064 && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
6065 && osym != NULL
6066 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
6067 {
6068 unsigned int shndx;
6069
6070 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6071 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
6072 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
6073 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
6074 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
6075 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
6076 shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
6077 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
6078 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
6079 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section)
6080 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
6081 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6082 }
6083
6084 return TRUE;
6085 }
6086
6087 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6088
6089 static bfd_boolean
6090 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
6091 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
6092 int relocatable_p)
6093 {
6094 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6095 int symcount;
6096 asymbol **syms;
6097 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
6098 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6099 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
6100 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
6101 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
6102 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
6103 int idx;
6104 bfd_size_type amt;
6105 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
6106
6107 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
6108 return FALSE;
6109
6110 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6111 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6112 if (stt == NULL)
6113 return FALSE;
6114
6115 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6116 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
6117 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6118 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
6119 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6120 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
6121 symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
6122 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
6123
6124 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
6125 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6126
6127 outbound_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, bed->s->sizeof_sym);
6128 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
6129 {
6130 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6131 return FALSE;
6132 }
6133 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
6134
6135 outbound_shndx = NULL;
6136 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
6137 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
6138 {
6139 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6140 outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
6141 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
6142 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
6143 {
6144 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6145 return FALSE;
6146 }
6147
6148 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
6149 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
6150 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
6151 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6152 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6153 }
6154
6155 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6156 {
6157 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6158 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6159 sym.st_name = 0;
6160 sym.st_value = 0;
6161 sym.st_size = 0;
6162 sym.st_info = 0;
6163 sym.st_other = 0;
6164 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6165 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6166 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6167 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6168 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6169 }
6170
6171 name_local_sections
6172 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6173 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
6174
6175 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
6176 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
6177 {
6178 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6179 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
6180 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
6181 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
6182 int type;
6183
6184 if (!name_local_sections
6185 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6186 {
6187 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6188 sym.st_name = 0;
6189 }
6190 else
6191 {
6192 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
6193 syms[idx]->name,
6194 TRUE, FALSE);
6195 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
6196 {
6197 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6198 return FALSE;
6199 }
6200 }
6201
6202 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
6203
6204 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
6205 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6206 {
6207 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6208 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6209 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6210 sym.st_size = value;
6211 if (type_ptr == NULL
6212 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
6213 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
6214 else
6215 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
6216 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6217 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
6218 }
6219 else
6220 {
6221 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
6222 int shndx;
6223
6224 if (sec->output_section)
6225 {
6226 value += sec->output_offset;
6227 sec = sec->output_section;
6228 }
6229
6230 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6231 if (! relocatable_p)
6232 value += sec->vma;
6233 sym.st_value = value;
6234 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
6235
6236 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
6237 && type_ptr != NULL
6238 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
6239 {
6240 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6241 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6242 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6243 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6244 switch (shndx)
6245 {
6246 case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
6247 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
6248 break;
6249 case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
6250 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
6251 break;
6252 case MAP_STRTAB:
6253 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
6254 break;
6255 case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
6256 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
6257 break;
6258 case MAP_SYM_SHNDX:
6259 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section;
6260 break;
6261 default:
6262 break;
6263 }
6264 }
6265 else
6266 {
6267 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
6268
6269 if (shndx == -1)
6270 {
6271 asection *sec2;
6272
6273 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6274 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6275 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6276 demand of applications. For example, it
6277 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6278 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6279 actually in the output file. */
6280 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
6281 if (sec2 == NULL)
6282 {
6283 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6284 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6285 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
6286 sec->name);
6287 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6288 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6289 return FALSE;
6290 }
6291
6292 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
6293 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1);
6294 }
6295 }
6296
6297 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6298 }
6299
6300 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
6301 type = STT_TLS;
6302 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
6303 type = STT_FUNC;
6304 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
6305 type = STT_OBJECT;
6306 else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0)
6307 type = STT_RELC;
6308 else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0)
6309 type = STT_SRELC;
6310 else
6311 type = STT_NOTYPE;
6312
6313 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
6314 type = STT_TLS;
6315
6316 /* Processor-specific types. */
6317 if (type_ptr != NULL
6318 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6319 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6320 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
6321
6322 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6323 {
6324 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6325 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6326 else
6327 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
6328 }
6329 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6330 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL,
6331 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6332 type == STT_OBJECT ? STT_COMMON :
6333 #endif
6334 type);
6335 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
6336 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
6337 ? STB_WEAK
6338 : STB_GLOBAL),
6339 type);
6340 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
6341 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
6342 else
6343 {
6344 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
6345
6346 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
6347 bind = STB_LOCAL;
6348 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
6349 bind = STB_WEAK;
6350 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6351 bind = STB_GLOBAL;
6352
6353 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
6354 }
6355
6356 if (type_ptr != NULL)
6357 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
6358 else
6359 sym.st_other = 0;
6360
6361 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6362 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6363 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6364 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6365 }
6366
6367 *sttp = stt;
6368 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
6369 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6370
6371 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6372 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
6373 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6374 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
6375 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
6376 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
6377
6378 return TRUE;
6379 }
6380
6381 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6382
6383 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6384 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6385 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6386
6387 long
6388 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6389 {
6390 long symcount;
6391 long symtab_size;
6392 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6393
6394 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6395 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6396 if (symcount > 0)
6397 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6398
6399 return symtab_size;
6400 }
6401
6402 long
6403 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6404 {
6405 long symcount;
6406 long symtab_size;
6407 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
6408
6409 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6410 {
6411 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6412 return -1;
6413 }
6414
6415 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6416 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6417 if (symcount > 0)
6418 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6419
6420 return symtab_size;
6421 }
6422
6423 long
6424 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6425 sec_ptr asect)
6426 {
6427 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
6428 }
6429
6430 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6431
6432 long
6433 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6434 sec_ptr section,
6435 arelent **relptr,
6436 asymbol **symbols)
6437 {
6438 arelent *tblptr;
6439 unsigned int i;
6440 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6441
6442 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
6443 return -1;
6444
6445 tblptr = section->relocation;
6446 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
6447 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
6448
6449 *relptr = NULL;
6450
6451 return section->reloc_count;
6452 }
6453
6454 long
6455 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
6456 {
6457 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6458 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
6459
6460 if (symcount >= 0)
6461 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6462 return symcount;
6463 }
6464
6465 long
6466 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
6467 asymbol **allocation)
6468 {
6469 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6470 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
6471
6472 if (symcount >= 0)
6473 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6474 return symcount;
6475 }
6476
6477 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6478 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6479 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6480 dynamic reloc section. */
6481
6482 long
6483 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6484 {
6485 long ret;
6486 asection *s;
6487
6488 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6489 {
6490 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6491 return -1;
6492 }
6493
6494 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
6495 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6496 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6497 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6498 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6499 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6500 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
6501 * sizeof (arelent *));
6502
6503 return ret;
6504 }
6505
6506 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6507 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6508 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6509 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6510 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6511 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6512 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6513
6514 long
6515 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6516 arelent **storage,
6517 asymbol **syms)
6518 {
6519 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
6520 asection *s;
6521 long ret;
6522
6523 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6524 {
6525 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6526 return -1;
6527 }
6528
6529 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
6530 ret = 0;
6531 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6532 {
6533 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6534 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6535 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6536 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6537 {
6538 arelent *p;
6539 long count, i;
6540
6541 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
6542 return -1;
6543 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
6544 p = s->relocation;
6545 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
6546 *storage++ = p++;
6547 ret += count;
6548 }
6549 }
6550
6551 *storage = NULL;
6552
6553 return ret;
6554 }
6555 \f
6556 /* Read in the version information. */
6557
6558 bfd_boolean
6559 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
6560 {
6561 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6562 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
6563
6564 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
6565 {
6566 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6567 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
6568 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
6569 unsigned int i;
6570 bfd_byte *contents_end;
6571
6572 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
6573
6574 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info,
6575 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
6576 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
6577 goto error_return;
6578
6579 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
6580
6581 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6582 if (contents == NULL)
6583 {
6584 error_return_verref:
6585 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
6586 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
6587 goto error_return;
6588 }
6589 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6590 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6591 goto error_return_verref;
6592
6593 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
6594 goto error_return_verref;
6595
6596 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
6597 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
6598 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
6599 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
6600 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
6601 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
6602 {
6603 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
6604 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
6605 unsigned int j;
6606
6607 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
6608
6609 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
6610
6611 iverneed->vn_filename =
6612 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6613 iverneed->vn_file);
6614 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
6615 goto error_return_verref;
6616
6617 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
6618 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
6619 else
6620 {
6621 iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
6622 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
6623 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
6624 goto error_return_verref;
6625 }
6626
6627 if (iverneed->vn_aux
6628 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6629 goto error_return_verref;
6630
6631 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6632 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
6633 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
6634 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
6635 {
6636 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
6637
6638 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
6639 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6640 ivernaux->vna_name);
6641 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
6642 goto error_return_verref;
6643
6644 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
6645 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
6646 else
6647 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
6648
6649 if (ivernaux->vna_next
6650 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
6651 goto error_return_verref;
6652
6653 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6654 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
6655
6656 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
6657 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
6658 }
6659
6660 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
6661 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
6662 else
6663 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
6664
6665 if (iverneed->vn_next
6666 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6667 goto error_return_verref;
6668
6669 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
6670 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
6671 }
6672
6673 free (contents);
6674 contents = NULL;
6675 }
6676
6677 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
6678 {
6679 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6680 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
6681 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6682 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
6683 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
6684 unsigned int i;
6685 unsigned int maxidx;
6686 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
6687
6688 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
6689
6690 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6691 if (contents == NULL)
6692 goto error_return;
6693 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6694 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6695 goto error_return;
6696
6697 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
6698 goto error_return;
6699
6700 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
6701 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
6702 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
6703 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
6704 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
6705 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
6706
6707 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6708 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6709 the maximum. */
6710 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6711 maxidx = 0;
6712 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
6713 {
6714 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6715
6716 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
6717 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
6718
6719 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
6720 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6721 goto error_return;
6722
6723 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6724 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
6725 }
6726
6727 if (default_imported_symver)
6728 {
6729 if (freeidx > maxidx)
6730 maxidx = ++freeidx;
6731 else
6732 freeidx = ++maxidx;
6733 }
6734 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx,
6735 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6736 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6737 goto error_return;
6738
6739 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
6740
6741 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6742 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
6743 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
6744 {
6745 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
6746 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6747 unsigned int j;
6748
6749 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6750
6751 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
6752 {
6753 error_return_verdef:
6754 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
6755 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
6756 goto error_return;
6757 }
6758
6759 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
6760 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6761
6762 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6763
6764 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
6765 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
6766 else
6767 {
6768 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
6769 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6770 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6771 goto error_return_verdef;
6772 }
6773
6774 if (iverdef->vd_aux
6775 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6776 goto error_return_verdef;
6777
6778 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6779 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
6780 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6781 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
6782 {
6783 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
6784
6785 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
6786 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6787 iverdaux->vda_name);
6788 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
6789 goto error_return_verdef;
6790
6791 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
6792 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
6793 else
6794 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6795
6796 if (iverdaux->vda_next
6797 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
6798 goto error_return_verdef;
6799
6800 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6801 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
6802 }
6803
6804 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
6805 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
6806
6807 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
6808 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
6809 else
6810 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6811
6812 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6813 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
6814 }
6815
6816 free (contents);
6817 contents = NULL;
6818 }
6819 else if (default_imported_symver)
6820 {
6821 if (freeidx < 3)
6822 freeidx = 3;
6823 else
6824 freeidx++;
6825
6826 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx,
6827 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6828 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6829 goto error_return;
6830
6831 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
6832 }
6833
6834 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6835 if (default_imported_symver)
6836 {
6837 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6838 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6839
6840 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];;
6841
6842 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
6843 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
6844 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
6845 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
6846
6847 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6848
6849 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
6850 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
6851 goto error_return_verdef;
6852 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6853 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6854 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6855 goto error_return_verdef;
6856
6857 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6858 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
6859 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6860 }
6861
6862 return TRUE;
6863
6864 error_return:
6865 if (contents != NULL)
6866 free (contents);
6867 return FALSE;
6868 }
6869 \f
6870 asymbol *
6871 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
6872 {
6873 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
6874 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
6875
6876 newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6877 if (!newsym)
6878 return NULL;
6879 else
6880 {
6881 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
6882 return &newsym->symbol;
6883 }
6884 }
6885
6886 void
6887 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6888 asymbol *symbol,
6889 symbol_info *ret)
6890 {
6891 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
6892 }
6893
6894 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6895 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6896 override it. */
6897
6898 bfd_boolean
6899 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6900 const char *name)
6901 {
6902 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6903 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
6904 return TRUE;
6905
6906 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6907 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6908 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
6909 return TRUE;
6910
6911 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6912 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6913 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6914 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6915 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6916 we treat such symbols as local. */
6917 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
6918 return TRUE;
6919
6920 return FALSE;
6921 }
6922
6923 alent *
6924 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6925 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6926 {
6927 abort ();
6928 return NULL;
6929 }
6930
6931 bfd_boolean
6932 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
6933 enum bfd_architecture arch,
6934 unsigned long machine)
6935 {
6936 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6937 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6938 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
6939 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
6940 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
6941 return FALSE;
6942
6943 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
6944 }
6945
6946 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6947 for error reporting. */
6948
6949 static bfd_boolean
6950 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6951 asection *section,
6952 asymbol **symbols,
6953 bfd_vma offset,
6954 const char **filename_ptr,
6955 const char **functionname_ptr)
6956 {
6957 const char *filename;
6958 asymbol *func, *file;
6959 bfd_vma low_func;
6960 asymbol **p;
6961 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
6962 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
6963 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
6964 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
6965 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
6966 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
6967 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
6968 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
6969 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
6970
6971 filename = NULL;
6972 func = NULL;
6973 file = NULL;
6974 low_func = 0;
6975 state = nothing_seen;
6976
6977 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
6978 {
6979 elf_symbol_type *q;
6980
6981 q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p;
6982
6983 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info))
6984 {
6985 default:
6986 break;
6987 case STT_FILE:
6988 file = &q->symbol;
6989 if (state == symbol_seen)
6990 state = file_after_symbol_seen;
6991 continue;
6992 case STT_NOTYPE:
6993 case STT_FUNC:
6994 if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) == section
6995 && q->symbol.value >= low_func
6996 && q->symbol.value <= offset)
6997 {
6998 func = (asymbol *) q;
6999 low_func = q->symbol.value;
7000 filename = NULL;
7001 if (file != NULL
7002 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STB_LOCAL
7003 || state != file_after_symbol_seen))
7004 filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
7005 }
7006 break;
7007 }
7008 if (state == nothing_seen)
7009 state = symbol_seen;
7010 }
7011
7012 if (func == NULL)
7013 return FALSE;
7014
7015 if (filename_ptr)
7016 *filename_ptr = filename;
7017 if (functionname_ptr)
7018 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
7019
7020 return TRUE;
7021 }
7022
7023 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7024 for error reporting. */
7025
7026 bfd_boolean
7027 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
7028 asection *section,
7029 asymbol **symbols,
7030 bfd_vma offset,
7031 const char **filename_ptr,
7032 const char **functionname_ptr,
7033 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7034 {
7035 bfd_boolean found;
7036
7037 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7038 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7039 line_ptr))
7040 {
7041 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7042 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7043 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7044 functionname_ptr);
7045
7046 return TRUE;
7047 }
7048
7049 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7050 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7051 line_ptr, 0,
7052 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
7053 {
7054 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7055 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7056 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7057 functionname_ptr);
7058
7059 return TRUE;
7060 }
7061
7062 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
7063 &found, filename_ptr,
7064 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7065 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
7066 return FALSE;
7067 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
7068 return TRUE;
7069
7070 if (symbols == NULL)
7071 return FALSE;
7072
7073 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7074 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
7075 return FALSE;
7076
7077 *line_ptr = 0;
7078 return TRUE;
7079 }
7080
7081 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7082
7083 bfd_boolean
7084 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
7085 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
7086 {
7087 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
7088 filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0,
7089 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7090 }
7091
7092 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7093 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7094 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7095 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7096 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7097
7098 bfd_boolean
7099 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
7100 const char **filename_ptr,
7101 const char **functionname_ptr,
7102 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7103 {
7104 bfd_boolean found;
7105 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
7106 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7107 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7108 return found;
7109 }
7110
7111 int
7112 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7113 {
7114 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7115 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
7116
7117 if (!info->relocatable)
7118 {
7119 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
7120
7121 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
7122 {
7123 struct elf_segment_map *m;
7124
7125 phdr_size = 0;
7126 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7127 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
7128
7129 if (phdr_size == 0)
7130 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
7131 }
7132
7133 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = phdr_size;
7134 ret += phdr_size;
7135 }
7136
7137 return ret;
7138 }
7139
7140 bfd_boolean
7141 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
7142 sec_ptr section,
7143 const void *location,
7144 file_ptr offset,
7145 bfd_size_type count)
7146 {
7147 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7148 bfd_signed_vma pos;
7149
7150 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
7151 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
7152 return FALSE;
7153
7154 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
7155 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
7156 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
7157 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
7158 return FALSE;
7159
7160 return TRUE;
7161 }
7162
7163 void
7164 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7165 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7166 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7167 {
7168 abort ();
7169 }
7170
7171 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7172
7173 bfd_boolean
7174 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
7175 {
7176 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7177
7178 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
7179 {
7180 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
7181 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7182
7183 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7184 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7185
7186 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
7187 {
7188 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7189 {
7190 case 8:
7191 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
7192 break;
7193 case 12:
7194 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
7195 break;
7196 case 16:
7197 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
7198 break;
7199 case 24:
7200 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
7201 break;
7202 case 32:
7203 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
7204 break;
7205 case 64:
7206 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
7207 break;
7208 default:
7209 goto fail;
7210 }
7211
7212 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7213
7214 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
7215 {
7216 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
7217 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
7218 else
7219 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7220 }
7221 }
7222 else
7223 {
7224 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7225 {
7226 case 8:
7227 code = BFD_RELOC_8;
7228 break;
7229 case 14:
7230 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
7231 break;
7232 case 16:
7233 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
7234 break;
7235 case 26:
7236 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
7237 break;
7238 case 32:
7239 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
7240 break;
7241 case 64:
7242 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
7243 break;
7244 default:
7245 goto fail;
7246 }
7247
7248 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7249 }
7250
7251 if (howto)
7252 areloc->howto = howto;
7253 else
7254 goto fail;
7255 }
7256
7257 return TRUE;
7258
7259 fail:
7260 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7261 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7262 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
7263 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7264 return FALSE;
7265 }
7266
7267 bfd_boolean
7268 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
7269 {
7270 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
7271 {
7272 if (elf_tdata (abfd) != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
7273 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
7274 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd);
7275 }
7276
7277 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
7278 }
7279
7280 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7281 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7282 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7283 this reloc. */
7284
7285 bfd_reloc_status_type
7286 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7287 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7288 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7289 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7290 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7291 {
7292 return bfd_reloc_ok;
7293 }
7294 \f
7295 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7296 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7297 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7298 out details about the corefile. */
7299
7300 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7301 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7302 #endif
7303
7304 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7305
7306 static int
7307 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
7308 {
7309 return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16)
7310 + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid));
7311 }
7312
7313 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7314 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7315 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7316 overwrite it. */
7317
7318 static bfd_boolean
7319 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
7320 {
7321 asection *sect2;
7322
7323 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
7324 return TRUE;
7325
7326 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
7327 if (sect2 == NULL)
7328 return FALSE;
7329
7330 sect2->size = sect->size;
7331 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
7332 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
7333 return TRUE;
7334 }
7335
7336 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7337 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7338 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7339 such a section already exists.
7340 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7341 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7342 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7343 bfd_boolean
7344 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7345 char *name,
7346 size_t size,
7347 ufile_ptr filepos)
7348 {
7349 char buf[100];
7350 char *threaded_name;
7351 size_t len;
7352 asection *sect;
7353
7354 /* Build the section name. */
7355
7356 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7357 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7358 threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7359 if (threaded_name == NULL)
7360 return FALSE;
7361 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
7362
7363 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
7364 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7365 if (sect == NULL)
7366 return FALSE;
7367 sect->size = size;
7368 sect->filepos = filepos;
7369 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7370
7371 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
7372 }
7373
7374 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7375 solaris 2.5+
7376 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7377 unixware 4.2
7378 */
7379
7380 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7381
7382 static bfd_boolean
7383 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7384 {
7385 size_t size;
7386 int offset;
7387
7388 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
7389 {
7390 prstatus_t prstat;
7391
7392 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7393 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
7394 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7395
7396 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7397 has already been set by another thread. */
7398 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7399 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7400 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7401
7402 /* pr_who exists on:
7403 solaris 2.5+
7404 unixware 4.2
7405 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7406 linux 2.[01]
7407 */
7408 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7409 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7410 #endif
7411 }
7412 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7413 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
7414 {
7415 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7416 prstatus32_t prstat;
7417
7418 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7419 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
7420 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7421
7422 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7423 has already been set by another thread. */
7424 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7425 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7426 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7427
7428 /* pr_who exists on:
7429 solaris 2.5+
7430 unixware 4.2
7431 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7432 linux 2.[01]
7433 */
7434 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7435 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7436 #endif
7437 }
7438 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7439 else
7440 {
7441 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7442 note size (ie. data object type). */
7443 return TRUE;
7444 }
7445
7446 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7447 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7448 size, note->descpos + offset);
7449 }
7450 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7451
7452 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7453 static bfd_boolean
7454 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7455 char *name,
7456 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7457 {
7458 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
7459 note->descsz, note->descpos);
7460 }
7461
7462 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7463 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7464 data structure apart. */
7465
7466 static bfd_boolean
7467 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7468 {
7469 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7470 }
7471
7472 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7473 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
7474 literally. */
7475
7476 static bfd_boolean
7477 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7478 {
7479 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
7480 }
7481
7482 static bfd_boolean
7483 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7484 {
7485 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note);
7486 }
7487
7488
7489 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7490 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7491 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7492 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7493 #endif
7494 #endif
7495
7496 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7497 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7498 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7499 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7500 #endif
7501 #endif
7502
7503 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7504 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7505 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7506
7507 char *
7508 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
7509 {
7510 char *dups;
7511 char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max);
7512 size_t len;
7513
7514 if (end == NULL)
7515 len = max;
7516 else
7517 len = end - start;
7518
7519 dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
7520 if (dups == NULL)
7521 return NULL;
7522
7523 memcpy (dups, start, len);
7524 dups[len] = '\0';
7525
7526 return dups;
7527 }
7528
7529 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7530 static bfd_boolean
7531 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7532 {
7533 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
7534 {
7535 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
7536
7537 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7538
7539 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7540 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7541 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7542
7543 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7544 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7545 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7546 }
7547 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7548 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
7549 {
7550 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7551 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
7552
7553 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7554
7555 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7556 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7557 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7558
7559 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7560 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7561 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7562 }
7563 #endif
7564
7565 else
7566 {
7567 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7568 note size (ie. data object type). */
7569 return TRUE;
7570 }
7571
7572 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7573 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7574 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7575
7576 {
7577 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7578 int n = strlen (command);
7579
7580 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7581 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7582 }
7583
7584 return TRUE;
7585 }
7586 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7587
7588 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7589 static bfd_boolean
7590 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7591 {
7592 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
7593 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7594 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
7595 #endif
7596 )
7597 {
7598 pstatus_t pstat;
7599
7600 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7601
7602 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7603 }
7604 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7605 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
7606 {
7607 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7608 pstatus32_t pstat;
7609
7610 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7611
7612 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7613 }
7614 #endif
7615 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7616 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7617 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7618
7619 return TRUE;
7620 }
7621 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7622
7623 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7624 static bfd_boolean
7625 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7626 {
7627 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
7628 char buf[100];
7629 char *name;
7630 size_t len;
7631 asection *sect;
7632
7633 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
7634 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7635 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
7636 #endif
7637 )
7638 return TRUE;
7639
7640 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
7641
7642 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
7643 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
7644
7645 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7646
7647 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7648 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7649 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7650 if (name == NULL)
7651 return FALSE;
7652 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7653
7654 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7655 if (sect == NULL)
7656 return FALSE;
7657
7658 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7659 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7660 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7661 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7662 #endif
7663
7664 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7665 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
7666 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
7667 #endif
7668
7669 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7670
7671 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7672 return FALSE;
7673
7674 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7675
7676 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7677 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7678 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7679 if (name == NULL)
7680 return FALSE;
7681 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7682
7683 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7684 if (sect == NULL)
7685 return FALSE;
7686
7687 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7688 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7689 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7690 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7691 #endif
7692
7693 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7694 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
7695 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
7696 #endif
7697
7698 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7699
7700 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
7701 }
7702 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7703
7704 static bfd_boolean
7705 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7706 {
7707 char buf[30];
7708 char *name;
7709 size_t len;
7710 asection *sect;
7711 int type;
7712 int is_active_thread;
7713 bfd_vma base_addr;
7714
7715 if (note->descsz < 728)
7716 return TRUE;
7717
7718 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32"))
7719 return TRUE;
7720
7721 type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
7722
7723 switch (type)
7724 {
7725 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
7726 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7727 /* process_info.pid */
7728 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
7729 /* process_info.signal */
7730 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
7731 break;
7732
7733 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
7734 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7735 /* thread_info.tid */
7736 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8));
7737
7738 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7739 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7740 if (name == NULL)
7741 return FALSE;
7742
7743 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7744
7745 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7746 if (sect == NULL)
7747 return FALSE;
7748
7749 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
7750 sect->size = 716;
7751 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
7752 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12;
7753 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7754
7755 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
7756 is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
7757
7758 if (is_active_thread)
7759 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7760 return FALSE;
7761 break;
7762
7763 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
7764 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7765 /* module_info.base_address */
7766 base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
7767 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (long) base_addr);
7768
7769 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7770 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7771 if (name == NULL)
7772 return FALSE;
7773
7774 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7775
7776 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7777
7778 if (sect == NULL)
7779 return FALSE;
7780
7781 sect->size = note->descsz;
7782 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7783 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7784 break;
7785
7786 default:
7787 return TRUE;
7788 }
7789
7790 return TRUE;
7791 }
7792
7793 static bfd_boolean
7794 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7795 {
7796 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7797
7798 switch (note->type)
7799 {
7800 default:
7801 return TRUE;
7802
7803 case NT_PRSTATUS:
7804 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
7805 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
7806 return TRUE;
7807 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7808 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
7809 #else
7810 return TRUE;
7811 #endif
7812
7813 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7814 case NT_PSTATUS:
7815 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
7816 #endif
7817
7818 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7819 case NT_LWPSTATUS:
7820 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
7821 #endif
7822
7823 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7824 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
7825
7826 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
7827 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
7828
7829 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
7830 if (note->namesz == 6
7831 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
7832 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
7833 else
7834 return TRUE;
7835
7836 case NT_PPC_VMX:
7837 if (note->namesz == 6
7838 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
7839 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note);
7840 else
7841 return TRUE;
7842
7843 case NT_PRPSINFO:
7844 case NT_PSINFO:
7845 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
7846 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
7847 return TRUE;
7848 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7849 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
7850 #else
7851 return TRUE;
7852 #endif
7853
7854 case NT_AUXV:
7855 {
7856 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
7857 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7858
7859 if (sect == NULL)
7860 return FALSE;
7861 sect->size = note->descsz;
7862 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7863 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
7864
7865 return TRUE;
7866 }
7867 }
7868 }
7869
7870 static bfd_boolean
7871 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7872 {
7873 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id_size = note->descsz;
7874 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, note->descsz);
7875 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id == NULL)
7876 return FALSE;
7877
7878 memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id, note->descdata, note->descsz);
7879
7880 return TRUE;
7881 }
7882
7883 static bfd_boolean
7884 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7885 {
7886 switch (note->type)
7887 {
7888 default:
7889 return TRUE;
7890
7891 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID:
7892 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note);
7893 }
7894 }
7895
7896 static bfd_boolean
7897 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
7898 {
7899 char *cp;
7900
7901 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
7902 if (cp != NULL)
7903 {
7904 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
7905 return TRUE;
7906 }
7907 return FALSE;
7908 }
7909
7910 static bfd_boolean
7911 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7912 {
7913 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7914 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
7915 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
7916
7917 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7918 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
7919 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
7920
7921 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7922 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7923 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
7924
7925 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7926 note);
7927 }
7928
7929 static bfd_boolean
7930 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7931 {
7932 int lwp;
7933
7934 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
7935 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
7936
7937 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
7938 {
7939 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7940 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7941 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7942 creates a core file. */
7943
7944 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
7945 }
7946
7947 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7948 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7949 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7950 understand it. */
7951
7952 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
7953 return TRUE;
7954
7955
7956 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
7957 {
7958 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7959 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7960
7961 case bfd_arch_alpha:
7962 case bfd_arch_sparc:
7963 switch (note->type)
7964 {
7965 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
7966 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7967
7968 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
7969 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7970
7971 default:
7972 return TRUE;
7973 }
7974
7975 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
7976 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
7977
7978 default:
7979 switch (note->type)
7980 {
7981 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
7982 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7983
7984 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
7985 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7986
7987 default:
7988 return TRUE;
7989 }
7990 }
7991 /* NOTREACHED */
7992 }
7993
7994 static bfd_boolean
7995 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
7996 {
7997 void *ddata = note->descdata;
7998 char buf[100];
7999 char *name;
8000 asection *sect;
8001 short sig;
8002 unsigned flags;
8003
8004 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8005 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
8006
8007 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8008 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
8009
8010 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8011 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
8012
8013 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8014 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
8015 {
8016 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
8017 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
8018 }
8019
8020 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8021 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8022 thread just in case. */
8023 if (flags & 0x00000080)
8024 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
8025
8026 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8027 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
8028
8029 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8030 if (name == NULL)
8031 return FALSE;
8032 strcpy (name, buf);
8033
8034 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8035 if (sect == NULL)
8036 return FALSE;
8037
8038 sect->size = note->descsz;
8039 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8040 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8041
8042 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
8043 }
8044
8045 static bfd_boolean
8046 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
8047 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
8048 long tid,
8049 char *base)
8050 {
8051 char buf[100];
8052 char *name;
8053 asection *sect;
8054
8055 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8056 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
8057
8058 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8059 if (name == NULL)
8060 return FALSE;
8061 strcpy (name, buf);
8062
8063 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8064 if (sect == NULL)
8065 return FALSE;
8066
8067 sect->size = note->descsz;
8068 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8069 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8070
8071 /* This is the current thread. */
8072 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid)
8073 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
8074
8075 return TRUE;
8076 }
8077
8078 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8079 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8080 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8081 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8082
8083 static bfd_boolean
8084 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8085 {
8086 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8087 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8088 function. */
8089 static long tid = 1;
8090
8091 switch (note->type)
8092 {
8093 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
8094 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
8095 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
8096 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
8097 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
8098 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
8099 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
8100 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
8101 default:
8102 return TRUE;
8103 }
8104 }
8105
8106 static bfd_boolean
8107 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8108 {
8109 char *name;
8110 asection *sect;
8111 size_t len;
8112
8113 /* Use note name as section name. */
8114 len = note->namesz;
8115 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8116 if (name == NULL)
8117 return FALSE;
8118 memcpy (name, note->namedata, len);
8119 name[len - 1] = '\0';
8120
8121 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8122 if (sect == NULL)
8123 return FALSE;
8124
8125 sect->size = note->descsz;
8126 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8127 sect->alignment_power = 1;
8128
8129 return TRUE;
8130 }
8131
8132 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8133
8134 Inputs:
8135 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
8136 name of note
8137 type of note
8138 data for note
8139 size of data for note
8140
8141 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
8142 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
8143 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
8144 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
8145
8146 Return:
8147 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
8148
8149 char *
8150 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
8151 char *buf,
8152 int *bufsiz,
8153 const char *name,
8154 int type,
8155 const void *input,
8156 int size)
8157 {
8158 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
8159 size_t namesz;
8160 size_t newspace;
8161 char *dest;
8162
8163 namesz = 0;
8164 if (name != NULL)
8165 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
8166
8167 newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4);
8168
8169 buf = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
8170 if (buf == NULL)
8171 return buf;
8172 dest = buf + *bufsiz;
8173 *bufsiz += newspace;
8174 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
8175 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
8176 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
8177 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
8178 dest = xnp->name;
8179 if (name != NULL)
8180 {
8181 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
8182 dest += namesz;
8183 while (namesz & 3)
8184 {
8185 *dest++ = '\0';
8186 ++namesz;
8187 }
8188 }
8189 memcpy (dest, input, size);
8190 dest += size;
8191 while (size & 3)
8192 {
8193 *dest++ = '\0';
8194 ++size;
8195 }
8196 return buf;
8197 }
8198
8199 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8200 char *
8201 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
8202 char *buf,
8203 int *bufsiz,
8204 const char *fname,
8205 const char *psargs)
8206 {
8207 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8208 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8209
8210 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
8211 {
8212 char *ret;
8213 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8214 NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs);
8215 if (ret != NULL)
8216 return ret;
8217 }
8218
8219 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8220 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8221 {
8222 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8223 psinfo32_t data;
8224 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
8225 #else
8226 prpsinfo32_t data;
8227 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
8228 #endif
8229
8230 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
8231 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
8232 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
8233 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8234 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
8235 }
8236 else
8237 #endif
8238 {
8239 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8240 psinfo_t data;
8241 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
8242 #else
8243 prpsinfo_t data;
8244 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
8245 #endif
8246
8247 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
8248 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
8249 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
8250 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8251 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
8252 }
8253 }
8254 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8255
8256 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8257 char *
8258 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
8259 char *buf,
8260 int *bufsiz,
8261 long pid,
8262 int cursig,
8263 const void *gregs)
8264 {
8265 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8266 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8267
8268 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
8269 {
8270 char *ret;
8271 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8272 NT_PRSTATUS,
8273 pid, cursig, gregs);
8274 if (ret != NULL)
8275 return ret;
8276 }
8277
8278 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8279 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8280 {
8281 prstatus32_t prstat;
8282
8283 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
8284 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
8285 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8286 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
8287 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8288 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
8289 }
8290 else
8291 #endif
8292 {
8293 prstatus_t prstat;
8294
8295 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
8296 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
8297 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8298 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
8299 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8300 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
8301 }
8302 }
8303 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8304
8305 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8306 char *
8307 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
8308 char *buf,
8309 int *bufsiz,
8310 long pid,
8311 int cursig,
8312 const void *gregs)
8313 {
8314 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
8315 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8316
8317 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
8318 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
8319 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8320 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8321 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
8322 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8323 #if !defined(gregs)
8324 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
8325 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
8326 #else
8327 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
8328 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
8329 #endif
8330 #endif
8331 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8332 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
8333 }
8334 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8335
8336 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8337 char *
8338 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
8339 char *buf,
8340 int *bufsiz,
8341 long pid,
8342 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8343 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8344 {
8345 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8346 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8347 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8348
8349 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8350 {
8351 pstatus32_t pstat;
8352
8353 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
8354 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
8355 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8356 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
8357 return buf;
8358 }
8359 else
8360 #endif
8361 {
8362 pstatus_t pstat;
8363
8364 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
8365 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
8366 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8367 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
8368 return buf;
8369 }
8370 }
8371 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8372
8373 char *
8374 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
8375 char *buf,
8376 int *bufsiz,
8377 const void *fpregs,
8378 int size)
8379 {
8380 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8381 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8382 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
8383 }
8384
8385 char *
8386 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
8387 char *buf,
8388 int *bufsiz,
8389 const void *xfpregs,
8390 int size)
8391 {
8392 char *note_name = "LINUX";
8393 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8394 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
8395 }
8396
8397 char *
8398 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd,
8399 char *buf,
8400 int *bufsiz,
8401 const void *ppc_vmx,
8402 int size)
8403 {
8404 char *note_name = "LINUX";
8405 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8406 note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size);
8407 }
8408
8409 static bfd_boolean
8410 elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset)
8411 {
8412 char *p;
8413
8414 p = buf;
8415 while (p < buf + size)
8416 {
8417 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8418 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
8419 Elf_Internal_Note in;
8420
8421 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
8422
8423 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
8424 in.namedata = xnp->name;
8425
8426 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
8427 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
8428 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
8429
8430 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
8431 {
8432 default:
8433 return TRUE;
8434
8435 case bfd_core:
8436 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE"))
8437 {
8438 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
8439 return FALSE;
8440 }
8441 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX"))
8442 {
8443 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
8444 return FALSE;
8445 }
8446 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "SPU/"))
8447 {
8448 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd, &in))
8449 return FALSE;
8450 }
8451 else
8452 {
8453 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
8454 return FALSE;
8455 }
8456 break;
8457
8458 case bfd_object:
8459 if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0)
8460 {
8461 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in))
8462 return FALSE;
8463 }
8464 break;
8465 }
8466
8467 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
8468 }
8469
8470 return TRUE;
8471 }
8472
8473 static bfd_boolean
8474 elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
8475 {
8476 char *buf;
8477
8478 if (size <= 0)
8479 return TRUE;
8480
8481 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
8482 return FALSE;
8483
8484 buf = bfd_malloc (size);
8485 if (buf == NULL)
8486 return FALSE;
8487
8488 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size
8489 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset))
8490 {
8491 free (buf);
8492 return FALSE;
8493 }
8494
8495 free (buf);
8496 return TRUE;
8497 }
8498 \f
8499 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8500
8501 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8502 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8503 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8504
8505 long
8506 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8507 {
8508 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8509 {
8510 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8511 return -1;
8512 }
8513
8514 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
8515 }
8516
8517 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8518 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8519 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8520 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8521
8522 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8523 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8524
8525 int
8526 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
8527 {
8528 int num_phdrs;
8529
8530 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8531 {
8532 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8533 return -1;
8534 }
8535
8536 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
8537 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
8538 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
8539
8540 return num_phdrs;
8541 }
8542
8543 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8544 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8545 {
8546 return reloc_class_normal;
8547 }
8548
8549 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8550 relocation against a local symbol. */
8551
8552 bfd_vma
8553 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8554 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8555 asection **psec,
8556 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
8557 {
8558 asection *sec = *psec;
8559 bfd_vma relocation;
8560
8561 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
8562 + sec->output_offset
8563 + sym->st_value);
8564 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
8565 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
8566 && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8567 {
8568 rel->r_addend =
8569 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8570 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8571 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
8572 if (sec != *psec)
8573 {
8574 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8575 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8576 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8577 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8578 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8579 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
8580 sec->kept_section = *psec;
8581 sec = *psec;
8582 }
8583 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
8584 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8585 }
8586 return relocation;
8587 }
8588
8589 bfd_vma
8590 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8591 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8592 asection **psec,
8593 bfd_vma addend)
8594 {
8595 asection *sec = *psec;
8596
8597 if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8598 return sym->st_value + addend;
8599
8600 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8601 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8602 sym->st_value + addend);
8603 }
8604
8605 bfd_vma
8606 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
8607 struct bfd_link_info *info,
8608 asection *sec,
8609 bfd_vma offset)
8610 {
8611 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
8612 {
8613 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
8614 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8615 offset);
8616 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
8617 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
8618 default:
8619 return offset;
8620 }
8621 }
8622 \f
8623 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8624 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8625 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8626 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8627 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8628 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8629
8630 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8631 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8632 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8633 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8634 the remote memory. */
8635
8636 bfd *
8637 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8638 (bfd *templ,
8639 bfd_vma ehdr_vma,
8640 bfd_vma *loadbasep,
8641 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int))
8642 {
8643 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
8644 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
8645 }
8646 \f
8647 long
8648 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
8649 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8650 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8651 long dynsymcount,
8652 asymbol **dynsyms,
8653 asymbol **ret)
8654 {
8655 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8656 asection *relplt;
8657 asymbol *s;
8658 const char *relplt_name;
8659 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
8660 arelent *p;
8661 long count, i, n;
8662 size_t size;
8663 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8664 char *names;
8665 asection *plt;
8666
8667 *ret = NULL;
8668
8669 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
8670 return 0;
8671
8672 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
8673 return 0;
8674
8675 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
8676 return 0;
8677
8678 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
8679 if (relplt_name == NULL)
8680 relplt_name = bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8681 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
8682 if (relplt == NULL)
8683 return 0;
8684
8685 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
8686 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8687 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
8688 return 0;
8689
8690 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
8691 if (plt == NULL)
8692 return 0;
8693
8694 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
8695 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
8696 return -1;
8697
8698 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
8699 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
8700 p = relplt->relocation;
8701 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
8702 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
8703
8704 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
8705 if (s == NULL)
8706 return -1;
8707
8708 names = (char *) (s + count);
8709 p = relplt->relocation;
8710 n = 0;
8711 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
8712 {
8713 size_t len;
8714 bfd_vma addr;
8715
8716 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
8717 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
8718 continue;
8719
8720 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
8721 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8722 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8723 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
8724 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
8725 s->section = plt;
8726 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
8727 s->name = names;
8728 s->udata.p = NULL;
8729 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
8730 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
8731 names += len;
8732 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8733 names += sizeof ("@plt");
8734 ++s, ++n;
8735 }
8736
8737 return n;
8738 }
8739
8740 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8741 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8742 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
8743 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
8744
8745 void
8746 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd * abfd,
8747 struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8748 {
8749 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
8750
8751 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8752
8753 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
8754 }
8755
8756
8757 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
8758 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
8759 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC. */
8760
8761 bfd_boolean
8762 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
8763 {
8764 return (type == STT_FUNC);
8765 }
This page took 0.308917 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.